WO2024024692A1 - Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024024692A1
WO2024024692A1 PCT/JP2023/026882 JP2023026882W WO2024024692A1 WO 2024024692 A1 WO2024024692 A1 WO 2024024692A1 JP 2023026882 W JP2023026882 W JP 2023026882W WO 2024024692 A1 WO2024024692 A1 WO 2024024692A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
formula
radiation
hydrogen atom
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/026882
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋平 石地
智美 高橋
健志 川端
研由 後藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024024692A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024024692A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C309/00Sulfonic acids; Halides, esters, or anhydrides thereof
    • C07C309/01Sulfonic acids
    • C07C309/02Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C309/03Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/07Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton containing oxygen atoms bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/12Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton containing oxygen atoms bound to the carbon skeleton containing esterified hydroxy groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C381/00Compounds containing carbon and sulfur and having functional groups not covered by groups C07C301/00 - C07C337/00
    • C07C381/12Sulfonium compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
  • pattern forming methods using chemical amplification have been used to compensate for the decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption.
  • a photoacid generator contained in an exposed area is decomposed by light irradiation to generate acid.
  • the catalytic action of the generated acid converts the alkali-insoluble groups of the resin contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition into alkali-soluble groups.
  • the solubility in the developer is changed by, for example, changing to a base.
  • development is performed using, for example, a basic aqueous solution. Thereby, the exposed portion is removed and a desired pattern is obtained.
  • Patent Document 1 describes an organic resin composition that contains a polymer whose main chain is cleaved by absorbing deep ultraviolet rays and a polymerization inhibitor, and the content of the polymerization inhibitor is within a specific range.
  • Patent Document 2 describes an ionic compound and a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the ionic group in the ionic compound, and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with X-rays, electron beams, or extreme ultraviolet rays.
  • a positive resist composition containing a resin is described.
  • EUV extreme ultraviolet
  • EB electron beam
  • the present invention includes an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern with excellent resolution and excellent LWR (Line Width Roughness) performance, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and the above pattern forming method.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • A an onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more
  • B A compound different from the above onium salt (A), containing a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the above onium salt (A), and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • a polymer An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that satisfies at least one of the following (1) to (3).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, and chain transfer agents.
  • the above onium salt (A) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  • the polymer (B) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 1> which is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant, polymerization inhibitor, and chain transfer agent is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyhydric phenol compound, a thiol compound, and a nitroso compound, ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2> >The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in >.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of the above antioxidant, polymerization inhibitor, and chain transfer agent is a group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (H-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (H-2).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3> which is at least one selected from the following.
  • R H1 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group
  • R H2 to R H4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1 to R H4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R H5 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group
  • R H6 to R H8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R H5 and R H6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R H7 and R H8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • ⁇ 5> An aromatic group that satisfies at least one of the above (2) and (3) and in which at least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups; Aromatic groups substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups, amino groups, thiol groups, groups containing phosphorus atoms, structures in which two carbon atoms of a carbon-carbon double bond are each substituted with one hydroxy group.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, which contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a group containing , a nitro group, and a nitroso group.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of the above antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is at least one selected from the group consisting of an aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, a thiol group, and a nitroso group.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5> comprising: ⁇ 7> At least one selected from the group consisting of the above antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is a group consisting of a group represented by the following formula (H-1S) and a group represented by the following formula (H-2S)
  • H-1S a group represented by the following formula
  • H-2S The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, which is at least one selected from the following.
  • R H1S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group
  • R H2S to R H4S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1S to R H4S may be bonded to each other to form a ring. However, at least one hydrogen atom contained in R H1S to R H4S and a hydrogen atom contained in a ring formed by bonding two adjacent ones of R H1S to R H4S to each other is removed to form a group.
  • R H5S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group or an organic group
  • R H6S to R H8S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R H5S and R H6S may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R H7S and R H8S may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • hydrogen atoms contained in R H5S to R H8S hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H5S and R H6S
  • hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H7S and R H8S At least one hydrogen atom is removed to form a group.
  • the conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a phenolic compound, a carboxylic acid, an imidic acid, a sulfonimidic acid, and a thiol compound.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • R 0 and A 1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 and A 1 or R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • a 2 represents an organic group. However, at least one of A 1 and A 2 has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the following formula (2)-1 to the repeating unit represented by the following formula (2)-4.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 10>.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • L 2 represents a single bond or -CO-.
  • R a represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R b and R c each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
  • R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -.
  • R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R d represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • the interactive group that the polymer (B) has and interacts with the onium salt (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, a sulfonimide group, and a thiol group. , the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>.
  • the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>, wherein the repeating unit has two or more interactive groups that interact with the onium salt (A). thing.
  • k represents an integer from 2 to 5.
  • a 3 represents an interactive group that interacts with the above onium salt (A).
  • a plurality of A3s may be the same or different.
  • L 4 represents a single bond or a connecting group.
  • a plurality of L 4 may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of L 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • ⁇ 15> Any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14>, wherein the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1)-1 and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3)-1.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • R f represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • Z 1 represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group.
  • ⁇ 17> forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 15>; a step of exposing the resist film; Developing the exposed resist film using a developer containing an organic solvent;
  • a pattern forming method comprising: ⁇ 18> A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to ⁇ 17>.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern with excellent resolution and excellent LWR performance, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device including the above pattern forming method are provided.
  • the present invention will be explained in detail below. Although the description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes groups having a substituent as well as groups having no substituent. do.
  • the term "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the term "organic group” as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom. Unless otherwise specified, the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent.
  • the type of substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of substituents when "may have a substituent” are not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three, or more.
  • substituents include monovalent nonmetallic atomic groups excluding hydrogen atoms.
  • actinic rays or “radiation” as used herein means, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams.
  • Light in this specification means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in this specification refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and extreme ultraviolet rays, but also to electron beams and ion beams. This also includes drawing using particle beams such as.
  • is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the direction of bonding of the divalent groups described herein is not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-
  • Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too.
  • the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh). ) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 ⁇ L, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: differential refractive index Defined as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by a Refractive Index Detector.
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • acid dissociation constant refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, using the following software package 1, a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values is calculated. , is a value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
  • pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method.
  • a specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle.
  • the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. .
  • DFT density functional theory
  • there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT and one example is Gaussian 16.
  • pKa in this specification refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted.
  • pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution” as described above, but if pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, “pKa in a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” is adopted. It shall be.
  • examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the solid content is intended to be a component that forms a resist film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms a resist film, it is considered to be a solid component even if the component is liquid.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is (A) an onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more, and (B) A compound different from the above onium salt (A), containing a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the above onium salt (A), and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic light or radiation. including a polymer; It is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that satisfies at least one of the following (1) to (3).
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, and chain transfer agents.
  • the above onium salt (A) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  • the polymer (B) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention will also be referred to as a "resist composition.”
  • the resist composition of the present invention contains an onium salt (also referred to as "onium salt (A)") containing an anion with a conjugate acid having a pKa of 2 or more.
  • an onium salt also referred to as "onium salt (A)"
  • the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) interact, making it difficult to dissolve in the developer.
  • the main chain of the polymer (B) decomposes and the interaction between the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) is canceled, making it easier to dissolve in the developer.
  • the above effect increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area of the resist film, resulting in excellent resolution and LWR performance.
  • the onium salt (A) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of sulfonium salts and iodonium salts.
  • the onium salt (A) contains an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more. It is preferable that the onium salt (A) contains an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more because the interaction between the above-mentioned onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) becomes stronger and the dissolution contrast becomes higher.
  • the pKa of the conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 4 or more.
  • the pKa of the conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 11 or less, even more preferably 8 or less, and preferably 6 or less. Particularly preferred. pKa is determined by the method described above.
  • the conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic compounds, carboxylic acids, imidic acids, sulfonimidic acids, and thiol compounds; More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of:
  • the anions contained in the onium salt (A) include an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-1), an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-2), and an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-3). At least one selected from the group consisting of an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-4), and an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-5). It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-1) and an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-2). preferable.
  • R A1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • Equation (An-1) represents a bonding position, preferably representing a bonding position with an aromatic group.
  • the anion having a group represented by the formula (An-1) is preferably an anion represented by the following formula (An-1-1).
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic group.
  • the aromatic group represented by Ar 1 in formula (An-1) may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, but is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • Ar 1 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or a heteroaryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (heteroatoms include, for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.), It is more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, even more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and particularly preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aromatic group represented by Ar 1 may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxy group.
  • formula (An-2) represents a bonding position, preferably representing a bonding position with an aromatic group.
  • the anion having a group represented by formula (An-2) is preferably an anion represented by formula (An-2-1) below.
  • Ar 2 represents an aromatic group.
  • the description, specific examples, and preferred range of Ar 2 are the same as Ar 1 in the above formula (An-1-1).
  • the aromatic group represented by Ar 2 may have a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, and a thiol group.
  • Each * in formula (An-3) represents a bonding position, and preferably represents a bonding position with a hydrocarbon group.
  • the anion having a group represented by the formula (An-3) is preferably an anion represented by the following formula (An-3-1) or an anion represented by the following formula (An-3-2). .
  • R N1 to R N4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxy group.
  • R N1 to R N4 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • R N5 represents a substituent.
  • V1 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent represented by R N5 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxy group.
  • V1 is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • R A1 in formula (An-5) represents a bonding position, and preferably represents a bonding position with a hydrocarbon group.
  • R A1 in formula (An-5) represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group represented by R A1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R A1 may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl represented by R A1 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, but preferably, for example, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
  • the cycloalkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the cycloalkyl group described below in the case where R A1 is a cycloalkyl group.
  • R A1 is a cycloalkyl group.
  • one or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with a carbonyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 5 to 12.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) is preferred.
  • One or more of the carbon atoms that are ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon atom.
  • the aryl group represented by R A1 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R A1 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by R A1 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R A1 may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group is preferable.
  • Examples of the alkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the alkyl group described above in the case where R A1 represents an alkyl group.
  • the group directly bonding to N - is preferably neither -CO- nor -SO 2 -.
  • the onium salt (A) is preferably a compound with an onium salt structure (photodegradable onium salt compound) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • an onium salt structure photodegradable onium salt compound
  • the onium salt (A) itself is decomposed by exposure and the decomposition efficiency is high, so it is thought that the above-mentioned effect of improving dissolution contrast becomes even higher.
  • a photodegradable onium salt compound is a compound that has at least one salt structure site consisting of an anion site and a cation site, and that decomposes upon exposure to light and generates an acid (preferably an organic acid).
  • the above-mentioned salt structure moiety of the photodegradable onium salt compound is composed of an organic cation moiety and an organic anion moiety with extremely low nucleophilicity because it is easily decomposed by exposure to light and is superior in producing organic acids. is preferred.
  • the above-mentioned salt structure site may be a part of the photodegradable onium salt compound, or may be the entirety.
  • the case where the above-mentioned salt structure part is a part of a photodegradable onium salt compound corresponds to a structure in which two or more salt structure parts are connected, for example, as in the photodegradable onium salt PG2 described below. do.
  • the number of salt structural moieties in the photodegradable onium salt is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, preferably from 1 to 6, and more preferably from 1 to 3.
  • the cation moiety constituting the salt structure moiety is preferably an organic cation moiety, and in particular, an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaI) described below.
  • an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by the formula (ZaII) is preferable.
  • Photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 An example of a preferred embodiment of the photodegradable onium salt compound is an onium salt compound represented by "M + ).
  • M + represents an organic cation
  • X ⁇ represents an anion having a pKa of 2 or more of the aforementioned conjugate acid.
  • the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 will be explained below.
  • the organic cation represented by M + in the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaII). ZaII)) is preferred.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is usually 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
  • Preferred embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), and organic cation (cation (ZaI-3b)) represented by formula (ZaI-3b), which will be described later. ), and an organic cation (cation (ZaI-4b)) represented by the formula (ZaI-4b).
  • the cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
  • the arylsulfonium cation all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 includes, for example, one or more methylene groups substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and/or a carbonyl group. and alkylene groups (eg, butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
  • arylsulfonium cation examples include triarylsulfonium cation, diarylalkylsulfonium cation, aryldialkylsulfonium cation, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cation.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferred, and for example, a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group are more preferred.
  • the substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3-15), aryl group (e.g. carbon number 6-14), alkoxy group (e.g. carbon number 1-15), cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g. carbon number 1-15), halogen atom (e.g.
  • the above substituent may further have a substituent if possible.
  • the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent to become a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
  • the cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxy
  • a carbonylmethyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is even more preferred.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include, for example, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group). group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. group, nitro group, alkylthio group, or arylthio group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the rings may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the above-mentioned ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the methylene group in this alkylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and the ring formed by bonding R x and R y to each other may have a substituent.
  • the cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
  • R13 is a group having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group (a cycloalkyl group). It may be an alkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents.
  • a halogen atom e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
  • R13 is a group having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy
  • R14 is a hydroxy group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cyclo Represents a group having an alkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents.
  • R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group.
  • Two R 15s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • two R 15s are alkylene groups and are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the ring formed by bonding the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, naphthyl group, and two R 15s to each other may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are preferably linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10.
  • As the alkyl group a methyl group, ethyl group, n-butyl group, or t-butyl group is more preferable.
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, and a phenylthio group.
  • the molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
  • Photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 Photodegradable onium salt compound PG2
  • compound (I) and compound (II) hereinafter, “compound (I) and compound (II)
  • photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is a compound that has two or more of the above-described salt structure sites and generates a polyvalent organic acid upon exposure to light.
  • the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 will be explained below.
  • Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and the following first acidic acid derived from the following structural moiety This is a compound that generates an acid containing the following second acidic site derived from the structural site Y below. structural site _ _ _ 2 - and a cationic site M 2 + , and forms a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. However, compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.
  • a compound PI obtained by replacing the cation moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cation moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + in the compound (I) is The acid dissociation constant a1 (pKa 1 ) derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + with H + and the cationic site M 2 + in the structural site Y with H + It has an acid dissociation constant a2 (pKa 2 ) derived from the acidic site represented by HA 2 , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the acid dissociation constant a1.
  • pKa 1 and pKa 2 are 2 or more.
  • the above-mentioned compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • compound (I) has two or more structural sites X
  • the structural sites X may be the same or different.
  • the two or more A 1 ⁇ and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
  • the above A 1 - and the above A 2 - , and the above M 1 + and the above M 2 + may be the same or different, but the above A 1 - and the above Preferably, each A 2 - is different.
  • the anion site A 1 - and the anion site A 2 - are structural sites containing a negatively charged atom or atomic group, and are a group represented by the above formula (An-1), a group represented by the formula (An-2), At least one selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (An-3), a group represented by the formula (An-4), and a group represented by the formula (An-5). It is preferable that there be.
  • the cationic site M 1 + and the cationic site M 2 + are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, such as monovalent organic cations.
  • the organic cation is not particularly limited, but is preferably an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the above-mentioned formula (ZaI) or an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by the formula (ZaII).
  • Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties It is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more sites and the above structural site Z.
  • Structural site Z nonionic site capable of neutralizing acids
  • the above compound (II) is a compound PII (acid) having an acidic site represented by HA 1 obtained by replacing the above cation site M 1 + in the above structural site X with H + by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It can occur. That is, compound PII represents a compound having the acidic site represented by HA 1 above and the structural site Z, which is a nonionic site capable of neutralizing acid.
  • the definition of the structural moiety X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (II) are the same as the definition of the structural moiety X and A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) described above. It has the same meaning as the definition, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the two or more structural sites X may be the same or different.
  • the two or more A 1 ⁇ and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
  • the nonionic site that can neutralize the acid in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably a site that contains a group that can electrostatically interact with protons or a functional group that has electrons. .
  • a group capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or a functional group having electrons a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is used. Examples include functional groups having such a functional group.
  • a nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
  • partial structures of functional groups having groups or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons include crown ether structures, aza crown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures. Among them, primary to tertiary amine structures are preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is preferably 100 to 10,000, more preferably 100 to 2,500, even more preferably 100 to 1,500.
  • Aa6 to Aa9 contain at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  • Ac2 includes at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  • the content of the onium salt (A) in the resist composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the resist composition. It is preferably 5.0% by mass or more, and more preferably 5.0% by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less.
  • Onium salts (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the resist composition of the present invention contains a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), and is a polymer ("polymer (B)") whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. (also called).
  • the polymer (B) is a different compound from the onium salt (A). Therefore, a polymer that corresponds to an onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more does not correspond to the polymer (B).
  • the polymer (B) is a so-called main chain-cleaved polymer whose main chain is decomposed (the main chain is cut) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the polymer (B) is preferably a polymer whose main chain decomposes when irradiated with X-rays, electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays, and preferably whose main chain decomposes when irradiated with electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays. More preferred.
  • the polymer (B) may be a homopolymer or a copolymer.
  • the polymer (B) contains repeating units having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
  • the interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, a sulfonimide group, and a thiol group.
  • the imide group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (M1).
  • the sulfonimide group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (M2) or (M3).
  • R M1 to R M4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. * each represents a substitution position.
  • the substituents represented by R M1 to R M4 are preferably organic groups, and examples of the organic group include groups exemplified as the organic group W described below.
  • the group directly bonding to the nitrogen atom is preferably neither -CO- nor -SO 2 -.
  • the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2).
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • R 0 and A 1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 0 and A 1 or R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • a 2 represents an organic group. However, at least one of A 1 and A 2 has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
  • the interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), which at least one of A 1 and A 2 has, is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, a sulfonimide group, and a thiol group. It is preferable that It is preferred that at least A 1 has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (1) will be explained. Since the polymer (B) contains the repeating unit represented by formula (1), the main chain is easily decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the halogen atom represented by X include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and the like.
  • the halogen atom represented by X is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • R 0 , R 1 and A 1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic groups represented by R 0 , R 1 and A 1 are not particularly limited, and include, for example, groups exemplified as the organic group W below.
  • Organic group W is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an aralkyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocycle.
  • each of the above-mentioned groups may further have a substituent, if possible.
  • an alkyl group which may have a substituent is also included as one form of the organic group W.
  • the above substituents are not particularly limited, but include, for example, one or more of the groups shown as the organic group W above, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a primary to tertiary amino group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, Examples include a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, a phosphono group, a silyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group (hereinafter, these are referred to as "substituent T").
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic group W is, for example, 1 to 20.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group exemplified in the organic group W is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • the alkyl group may be either linear or branched. Examples of the alkyl group include linear or branched alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, and n-hexyl group. It will be done.
  • the substituent which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the groups exemplified by the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkoxy group (including the alkoxy group moiety in a substituent containing an alkoxy group (e.g., alkoxycarbonyloxy group)), the alkyl group moiety in an aralkyl group, and the alkyl group in an alkylcarbonyl group exemplified in the organic group W
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkylcarbonyloxy group the alkyl group moiety in the alkylthio group, the alkyl group moiety in the alkylsulfinyl group, and the alkyl moiety in the alkylsulfonyl group, the above alkyl groups are preferable.
  • an alkoxy group that may have a substituent an aralkyl group that may have a substituent, an alkylcarbonyloxy group that may have a substituent, an alkylthio group that may have a substituent, a substituent
  • an alkoxy group, an aralkyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, and an alkylsulfonyl group have Examples of the substituent which may be substituted include the same substituents as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group for the organic group W include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • Examples include alkyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 5 to 15.
  • examples of the substituent which the cycloalkyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the alkenyl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either linear or branched.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent which the alkenyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the cycloalkenyl group exemplified in the organic group W preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent which the cycloalkenyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the alkynyl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 20.
  • examples of the substituent which the alkynyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the cycloalkynyl group exemplified as the organic group W preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent which the cycloalkynyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the aryl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, 2-6 rings, etc.) unless otherwise specified.
  • the number of ring member atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthranyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • examples of the substituent which the aryl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the same examples as the aryl group exemplified in the above organic group W are given for the aryl group moiety in a substituent containing an aryl group (for example, an aryloxy group). It will be done.
  • the heteroaryl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, 2-6 rings, etc.) unless otherwise specified.
  • the number of heteroatoms that the heteroaryl group has as ring member atoms is, for example, 1 to 10.
  • the heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, and boron atom.
  • the number of ring member atoms in the heteroaryl group is preferably 5 to 15.
  • examples of the substituent which the heteroaryl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the heterocycle exemplified in the organic group W is intended to be a ring containing a hetero atom as a ring member atom, and unless otherwise specified, it may be either an aromatic heterocycle or an aliphatic heterocycle, and may include a monocyclic ring and a polycyclic ring. It may be any ring (for example, 2 to 6 rings, etc.).
  • the number of heteroatoms that the heterocycle has as ring member atoms is, for example, 1 to 10. Examples of the heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, and boron atom.
  • the number of ring member atoms in the heterocycle is preferably 5 to 15.
  • examples of the substituent which the heterocycle may have are similar to the substituents in the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the lactone group exemplified in the organic group W is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, and another ring structure is fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. It is more preferable that In the lactone group that may have a substituent, examples of the substituent that the lactone group may have include the same as the substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent.
  • Hydrogen atoms are preferred as R 0 and R 1 .
  • a 1 preferably represents an organic group.
  • R 0 and A 1 or R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by R 0 bonding with A 1 or R 1 is not particularly limited, and may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the above-mentioned ring may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, and sulfur atom, and/or carbonyl carbon as ring member atoms.
  • the ring is a 5- or 6-membered alicyclic ring.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. More preferably, it is 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less based on the total repeating units. It is even more preferable that there be one. In the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by formula (1) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, preferably a hydrocarbon group.
  • hydrocarbon group represented by Y include linear or branched alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, and aryl groups.
  • the alkyl group represented by Y is preferably an alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by Y is preferably the cycloalkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by Y is preferably the aryl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
  • the organic group represented by A 2 is not particularly limited, but for example, -CH 2 - is substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, and -NR T -. It is preferable to represent a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • R T represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent include an alkyl group that may have a substituent (which may be linear or branched); Examples thereof include a cycloalkyl group and an aryl group (either monocyclic or polycyclic) which may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably the alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
  • the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a cycloalkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a cyclohexyl group which may have a substituent.
  • substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W include the same examples as the substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
  • the aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
  • the organic group represented by RT is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the organic group W described in the upper part.
  • -CH 2 - represented by A 2 has a substituent, which may be substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, and -NR T -
  • the hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent include, but are not particularly limited to, hydrocarbon groups that may have a substituent, -O-L 2 -R a , -NR b R c , and -CO-L 3 - Examples include R d and the like.
  • R a to R d each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
  • the above hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the above L 2 represents a single bond or -CO-.
  • the above L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -.
  • R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the ring formed by bonding R b and R c to each other is not particularly limited, and may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring.
  • the ring may contain at least one of a heteroatom and carbonyl carbon as a ring member atom.
  • the heteroatom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like.
  • the ring is a 5- or 6-membered alicyclic ring.
  • the organic group represented by Re is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the organic group W described above.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is selected from the repeating unit represented by the following formula (2)-1 to the repeating unit represented by the following formula (2)-4 in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the repeating unit is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of: more preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2)-1.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • L 2 represents a single bond or -CO-.
  • R a represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R b and R c each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
  • R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -.
  • R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R d represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • Y in formulas (2)-1 to (2)-4 has the same meaning as Y in formula (2), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Ar represents an aryl group, and the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the aryl group represented by Ar is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W described above, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
  • R a , R b , R c and R d in formulas (2)-2 to (2)-4 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
  • the above hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • the hydrocarbon groups that may have substituents represented by R a , R b , R c and R d include alkyl groups that may have substituents (both linear and branched). ), a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic) which may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably the alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
  • the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a cycloalkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a cyclohexyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have include the same examples as the substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
  • the aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
  • R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by combining R b and R c with each other is not particularly limited, and may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring.
  • the ring may contain at least one of a heteroatom and carbonyl carbon as a ring member atom.
  • the heteroatom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like.
  • the ring is a 5- or 6-membered alicyclic ring.
  • L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -.
  • R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group represented by Re is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the organic group W described above.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is a repeating unit derived from a monomer selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -methylstyrenes, isopropenyl ethers, isopropenylamines, and methacrylic acid esters. is also preferable.
  • 2-a to 2-s and 2-x have an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
  • 2-b, 2-c, 2-f, 2-h, 2-m, 2-n, and 2-n7 are at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group. Contains one.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. More preferably, it is 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less based on the total repeating units. It is even more preferable that there be one. In the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by formula (2) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the polymer (B) preferably contains a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), and the repeating unit has two interacting groups that interact with the onium salt (A). It is more preferable to have one or more. It is preferable that the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3).
  • the repeating unit represented by the following formula (3) is one of the preferred embodiments of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2).
  • k represents an integer from 2 to 5.
  • a 3 represents an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
  • a plurality of A3s may be the same or different.
  • L 4 represents a single bond or a connecting group.
  • a plurality of L 4 may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of L 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • k represents an integer of 2 to 5, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3.
  • the interactive group represented by A 3 that interacts with the onium salt (A) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, and a thiol group.
  • the linking group represented by L 4 is not particularly limited, but is preferably a divalent organic group, more preferably an alkylene group or an alkenylene group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is an alkenylene group.
  • a plurality of L 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring is preferably an aromatic ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (3) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. More preferably, it is 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (3) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less based on the total repeating units. It is even more preferable that there be one. In the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by formula (3) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the range of the above-mentioned preferred content.
  • the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1)-1 and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3)-1.
  • X represents a halogen atom.
  • R f represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • Z 1 represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group.
  • the halogen atom represented by X include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and the like.
  • the halogen atom represented by X is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the organic group represented by R f include the above-mentioned organic group W, and an alkyl group or an aralkyl group is preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1)-1 and the repeating unit represented by formula (3)-1 is 20 mol% or more, respectively, based on the total repeating units.
  • the content is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1)-1 and the repeating unit represented by formula (3)-1 is preferably 80 mol% or less, respectively, based on the total repeating units. , more preferably 70 mol% or less, and even more preferably 60 mol% or less.
  • one type of repeating unit represented by formula (1)-1 may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the total content of repeating units represented by the above formula (1) and repeating units represented by the above formula (2) is 90 mol% or more based on all repeating units. It is preferably present, and more preferably 95 mol% or more. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable.
  • the polymer (B) When the polymer (B) is a copolymer containing a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the above formula (2), it may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer or an alternating copolymer. It may be in any form of a copolymer (a copolymer in which repeating units represented by the above formula (1) and repeating units represented by the above formula (2) are arranged alternately), but Preferably, it is a copolymer.
  • a preferred embodiment of the polymer (B) is an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the polymer (B) is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer (B)). % by mass).
  • the polymer (B) may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the content of repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and 0% by mass based on the total repeating units of the polymer (B). % is more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (B) is preferably 25,000 or more, and 30,000 or more is preferable in that it improves heat resistance, suppresses deterioration of dry etching resistance, and provides more excellent effects of the present invention. is more preferable, 35,000 or more is still more preferable, 40,000 or more is particularly preferable, and 50,000 or more is most preferable.
  • the upper limit value is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, from the viewpoints of better developability and better suppression of deterioration of film formability due to increase in viscosity. It is more preferably 100,000 or less, particularly preferably 85,000 or less.
  • the above weight average molecular weight value is a value determined as a polystyrene equivalent value by GPC method.
  • the degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) of the polymer (B) is usually 1.0 to 5.0, preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and 1.2 ⁇ 2.5 is more preferred. When the degree of dispersion is within the above range, the resolution and resist shape tend to be better.
  • the polymer (B) can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
  • the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 50.0% by mass or more, more preferably 60.0% by mass or more, and 70.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. More preferably, it is 0% by mass or more. Further, the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 95.0% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resist composition. preferable. Only one type of polymer (B) may be used, or a plurality of them may be used in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the range of the above-mentioned preferred content.
  • the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) are different compounds.
  • the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) are different compounds, it is easy to freely control the blending ratio of each, and the solubility in the developer can be increased, thereby improving developability. As a result, resolution and LWR performance are improved.
  • the resist composition of the present invention satisfies at least one of the following (1) to (3).
  • the resist composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant, a polymerization inhibitor, and a chain transfer agent.
  • the above onium salt (A) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  • the polymer (B) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  • Compound (C) A case where the resist composition of the present invention satisfies the above (1) (that is, a case where the resist composition contains at least one compound (C)) will be described.
  • the compound (C) is preferably a compound different from the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B).
  • compounds known as antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, or chain transfer agents can be used.
  • Compound (C) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of polyhydric phenol compounds, amine compounds, thiol compounds, phosphorus compounds, sugar compounds, nitro compounds, and nitroso compounds; More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of and nitroso compounds.
  • the polyhydric phenol compound is a compound in which one aromatic ring is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, and more preferably a compound in which one aromatic hydrocarbon ring is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups. It is more preferable that the compound has six to twenty aromatic hydrocarbon rings substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, and it is particularly preferable that the compound has a benzene ring or naphthalene ring substituted with two or more hydroxy groups. Most preferred are compounds in which the benzene ring is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups.
  • the number of hydroxy groups substituted on one aromatic ring of the polyhydric phenol compound is preferably 2 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 2 or 3.
  • amine compound a hindered amine light stabilizer (HALS), an aromatic amine compound, or a metal salt of dithiocarbamic acid (for example, a zinc salt of dithiocarbamic acid) is preferable.
  • HALS hindered amine light stabilizer
  • aromatic amine compound an aromatic amine compound
  • metal salt of dithiocarbamic acid for example, a zinc salt of dithiocarbamic acid
  • the amine compound include a compound represented by the following formula (CA-1), a compound represented by the following formula (CA-2), a compound represented by the following formula (CA-3), and a compound represented by the following formula (CA-4).
  • CA-1 a compound represented by the following formula (CA-1)
  • CA-2 a compound represented by the following formula (CA-3)
  • CA-4 a compound represented by the following formula (CA-4).
  • R C1 and R C2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R C3 and R C4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R C5 represents a substituent.
  • c1 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • R C5s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of R C5s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R C6 and R C7 each independently represent a substituent.
  • c2 and c3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5.
  • the plurality of R C6s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of R C6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the plurality of R C7s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of R C7s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R C8 and R C9 each independently represent a substituent.
  • c4 and c5 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the plurality of R C8s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of R C8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the plurality of R C9s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of R C9s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • L C1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the substituents represented by R C1 and R C3 are not particularly limited, but include, for example, an organic group, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group (the amino group may have a substituent, and the substituents include the above-mentioned organic groups). and the like.
  • Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
  • the substituents represented by R C2 and R C4 are not particularly limited, but include, for example, an organic group, -O. (oxy radical group), and the like. Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
  • the substituent represented by R C5 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an organic group, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group (the amino group may have a substituent, and the substituents include the above-mentioned organic group W). etc.).
  • Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
  • the substituents represented by R C6 to R C9 are not particularly limited, but include, for example, an organic group, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group (the amino group may have a substituent, and the substituents include the above-mentioned organic groups). and the like.
  • Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L C1 is not particularly limited, but may include an alkylene group, -S-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NR C10 -, or two of these.
  • a linking group formed by a combination of the above is preferred.
  • R C10 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
  • aromatic thiol compounds are preferred.
  • the aromatic thiol compound is preferably a compound in which a thiol group is bonded to an aromatic group, and examples of the aromatic group include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, and examples of the aryl group and heteroaryl group include the above-mentioned organic group W. Examples include aryl groups and heteroaryl groups exemplified in .
  • a phosphite compound is preferable, and an aromatic phosphite compound is more preferable.
  • Examples of the aromatic group contained in the aromatic phosphite compound include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, and examples of the aryl group and heteroaryl group include the aryl group and heteroaryl group exemplified in the above-mentioned organic group W. .
  • As the sugar compound ascorbic acid is preferred.
  • As the nitro compound and nitroso compound aromatic nitro compounds and aromatic nitroso compounds are preferred.
  • the aromatic ring contained in the aromatic nitro compound and the aromatic nitroso compound is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15.
  • the aromatic ring may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and a hydroxy group.
  • substituent examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and a hydroxy group.
  • CA-5 a compound represented by the following formula (CA-5) is also preferable.
  • R C11 and R C12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. However, at least one of R C11 and R C12 represents an alkyl group.
  • R C13 represents a substituent.
  • c6 represents an integer from 0 to 3.
  • the plurality of R C13s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of R C13s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • At least one of R C11 and R C12 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a t-butyl group.
  • R C13 is an organic group, it is preferably an organic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably an organic group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms. Examples of R C13 include the organic group W described above.
  • the compound (C) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (H-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (H-2).
  • R H1 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group
  • R H2 to R H4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1 to R H4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R H5 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group
  • R H6 to R H8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R H5 and R H6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R H7 and R H8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the organic group represented by R H1 to R H4 includes the organic group W described above, and an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an acyloxy group are more preferable.
  • the ring formed by bonding two adjacent ones of R H1 to R H4 to each other may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring, but a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable.
  • the organic group represented by R H5 to R H8 includes the organic group W described above, and an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an acyloxy group are more preferable.
  • the ring formed by bonding R H5 and R H6 with each other, and the ring formed by bonding R H7 and R H8 with each other, may be aromatic rings or non-aromatic rings, but are preferably cyclohexane rings or benzene rings. A ring is more preferred.
  • the content of compound (C) is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the resist composition. is more preferable, and even more preferably 2.0% by mass or more. Further, when the resist composition of the present invention contains compound (C), the content of compound (C) is preferably 30.0% by mass or less, and 20.0% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resist composition. % or less, more preferably 10.0% by mass or less.
  • Compound (C) may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • Specific group (D) When the resist composition of the present invention satisfies at least one of the above (2) and (3) (that is, at least one of the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) contains at least one specific group (D)) case) will be explained.
  • the specific group (D) include groups known as antioxidant groups, polymerization termination groups, or chain transfer groups.
  • the polymer (B) contains a specific group (D)
  • the specific group (D) may also serve as an interactive group that interacts with the above-mentioned onium salt (A).
  • the specific group (D) is an aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, an aromatic group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups, an amino group, a thiol group, a group containing a phosphorus atom, a carbon- A group containing a structure in which each of two carbon atoms of a carbon double bond is substituted with a hydroxy group, a nitro group, and a nitroso group, preferably containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a nitro group and a nitroso group, and two or more hydroxy groups. It is more preferable that the group contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a substituted aromatic group, a thiol group, and a nitroso group.
  • the aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups is preferably an aryl group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, A phenyl group or naphthyl group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups is more preferred, and a phenyl group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups is particularly preferred.
  • the number of hydroxy groups in the aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups is preferably 2 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 2 or 3.
  • the aromatic group substituted with one or more hydroxy group and one or more carboxy group is preferably an aryl group substituted with one or more hydroxy group and one or more carboxy group, and an aryl group substituted with one or more hydroxy group and one or more carboxy group each has 6 carbon atoms.
  • -20 aryl groups are more preferred, phenyl or naphthyl groups each substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups are even more preferred, and phenyl groups each substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups are particularly preferred.
  • the number of hydroxy groups and the number of carboxy groups in the aromatic group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups is preferably from 1 to 2, respectively.
  • the amino group is preferably a group containing -NR D1 - (excluding -CO-NR D1 -CO- and -NR D1 -SO 2 -).
  • R D1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
  • An amino group is a group formed by removing at least one of the hydrogen atoms contained in the compound represented by the above formula (CA-1), and a group formed by removing at least one hydrogen atom contained in the compound represented by the above formula (CA-2).
  • the thiol group is preferably a thiol group bonded to an aromatic group.
  • the aromatic group include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group
  • examples of the aryl group and heteroaryl group include the aryl group and heteroaryl group exemplified in the above-mentioned organic group W.
  • the group containing a phosphorus atom is preferably a group formed by removing at least one hydrogen atom contained in a phosphite compound, and a group formed by removing at least one hydrogen atom contained in an aromatic phosphite compound.
  • Examples of the aromatic group contained in the aromatic phosphite compound include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, and examples of the aryl group and heteroaryl group include the aryl group and heteroaryl group exemplified in the above-mentioned organic group W. .
  • the group containing a structure in which two carbon atoms of a carbon-carbon double bond are each substituted with one hydroxy group is a group represented by the following formula (D-1).
  • each * represents a substitution position.
  • a group formed by removing at least one of the hydrogen atoms contained in the compound represented by the above formula (CA-5) is preferable.
  • the specific group (D) is particularly preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the following formula (H-1S) and a group represented by the following formula (H-2S).
  • R H1S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group
  • R H2S to R H4S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1S to R H4S may be bonded to each other to form a ring. However, at least one hydrogen atom contained in R H1S to R H4S and a hydrogen atom contained in a ring formed by bonding two adjacent ones of R H1S to R H4S to each other is removed to form a group.
  • R H5S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group or an organic group
  • R H6S to R H8S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R H5S and R H6S may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R H7S and R H8S may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • hydrogen atoms contained in R H5S to R H8S hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H5S and R H6S
  • hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H7S and R H8S At least one hydrogen atom is removed to form a group.
  • R H1S to R H4S in formula (H-1S) are the same as R H1 to R H4 in formula (H-1) described above.
  • Specific examples and preferred ranges of R H5S to R H8S in formula (H-2S) are the same as R H5 to R H8 in formula (H-2) described above.
  • the group represented by the above formula (H-1S) and the group represented by the above formula (H-2S) are preferably monovalent groups.
  • the onium salt containing the specific group (D) is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. Further, the content is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less.
  • the polymer (B) contains the specific group ( It is preferable to include a repeating unit having D).
  • the content of the repeating unit having the specific group (D) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units. More preferably, it is mol% or more.
  • the content of repeating units having the specific group (D) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less based on all repeating units.
  • one type of repeating unit having the specific group (D) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the resist composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate.
  • M1 propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate
  • M2 propylene glycol monoalkyl ether
  • lactic acid ester acetate ester
  • alkoxypropionic acid ester chain ketone
  • cyclic ketone cyclic ketone
  • lactone alkylene carbonate
  • alkylene carbonate Preferably, at least one selected from the group .
  • this solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
  • Component (M1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; Glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) is more preferred.
  • component (M2) the following are preferable.
  • propylene glycol monoalkyl ether propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) are preferable.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • PGEE propylene glycol monoethyl ether
  • lactic acid ester ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, or propyl lactate
  • acetic acid ester methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, or 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferred.
  • butyl butyrate is also preferred.
  • alkoxypropionate ester methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP) is preferable.
  • chain ketones include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isobutyl.
  • Ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetyl carbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, or methyl amyl ketone is preferred.
  • cyclic ketone methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone, or cyclohexanone is preferred.
  • lactone ⁇ -butyrolactone is preferred.
  • alkylene carbonate propylene carbonate is preferred.
  • Component (M2) is more preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, or propylene carbonate.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • ethyl lactate ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate
  • methyl amyl ketone cyclohexanone
  • butyl acetate pentyl acetate
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone propylene carbonate
  • the solvent may include an ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, even more preferably 7 to 10) and having 2 or less heteroatoms. It is also preferable to include.
  • ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include amyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, and isobutyl isobutyrate. , heptyl propionate, or butyl butanoate are preferred, and isoamyl acetate is more preferred.
  • the component (M2) preferably has a flash point (hereinafter also referred to as fp) of 37° C. or higher.
  • Such components (M2) include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47°C), ethyl lactate (fp: 53°C), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49°C), and methyl amyl ketone (fp: 42°C). ), cyclohexanone (fp: 44°C), pentyl acetate (fp: 45°C), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45°C), ⁇ -butyrolactone (fp: 101°C), or propylene carbonate (fp: 132°C) is preferred.
  • propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, pentyl acetate, or cyclohexanone are more preferred, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate is even more preferred.
  • flash point here means the value described in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich.
  • the solvent contains component (M1). It is more preferable that the solvent consists essentially of component (M1) only, or is a mixed solvent of component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, it is more preferable that the solvent contains both component (M1) and component (M2).
  • the mass ratio (M1/M2) of component (M1) and component (M2) is preferably within the range of "100/0" to "15/85", and is preferably within the range of "100/0" to "40/60”. ”, and even more preferably within the range of “100/0” to “60/40”. That is, it is preferable that the solvent consists only of component (M1) or contains both component (M1) and component (M2), and the mass ratio thereof is as follows.
  • the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more, and even more preferably 60/40 or more. preferable. If such a configuration is adopted, it becomes possible to further reduce the number of development defects.
  • the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) is, for example, 99/1 or less.
  • the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent in the resist composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, and 1 to 20% by mass in terms of better coating properties. It is more preferable to set
  • the resist composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
  • the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
  • One type of surfactant may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and 0.0005 to 1% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
  • Step 1 Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition
  • Step 2 Step of exposing the resist film
  • Step 3 Step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer containing an organic solvent
  • Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition.
  • the resist composition is as described above.
  • Examples of methods for forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition include a method of applying a resist composition onto a substrate. Note that it is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated), such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices, by any suitable application method, such as a spinner or coater.
  • the coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
  • the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (an inorganic film, an organic film, an antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
  • drying method examples include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the standpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, in the case of EUV exposure and EB exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. Further, in the case of ArF immersion exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
  • a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film using a top coat composition.
  • the top coat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film.
  • the top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed.
  • the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
  • the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
  • Actinic light or radiation includes infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to Deep ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • post-exposure heat treatment also referred to as post-exposure bake
  • the post-exposure heat treatment accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out using means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
  • the developer is a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
  • Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and the substrate is left still for a certain period of time for development (paddle method). ), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto the rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). can be mentioned. Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed areas is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable to have one.
  • a plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed together, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above-mentioned ones or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the pattern forming method preferably includes a step of cleaning using a rinsing liquid after step 3.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and solutions containing common organic solvents can be used.
  • the rinsing liquid contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. is preferred.
  • the method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include a method in which the rinsing liquid is continuously discharged onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), and a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. (dip method), and a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. This step also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving surface roughness of the pattern.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
  • the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the method of processing the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but by performing dry etching on the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask, the substrate is processed.
  • a method of forming a pattern is preferred.
  • the dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
  • the resist composition and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention do not contain impurities such as metals. Preferably, it does not contain.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, and 10 mass ppm (parts per million) or less.
  • a mass ppt or less is particularly preferred, and a mass ppt or less is most preferred.
  • examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, Examples include W, and Zn.
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
  • methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, and filtering raw materials constituting various materials. and a method in which distillation is carried out under conditions where contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used.
  • adsorbent known adsorbents can be used, such as inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite
  • organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used to clean the manufacturing equipment.
  • the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • the resist composition may contain water as an impurity.
  • water When water is contained as an impurity, the water content is preferably as small as possible, but may be contained in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass based on the entire resist composition.
  • the resist composition may contain residual monomers (for example, monomers derived from raw material monomers used in the synthesis of polymer (B)) as impurities.
  • the content of the residual monomer is preferably as small as possible, but it may be contained in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
  • Conductive compounds are added to organic processing solutions such as rinse solutions to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. You may.
  • the conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol may be mentioned.
  • the amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less in terms of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics.
  • Examples of chemical liquid piping include SUS (stainless steel), polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment, or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used.
  • antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is preferably installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the polymer were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (the amount is in terms of polystyrene). Further, the content of each repeating unit in the polymer was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
  • Onium salt The onium salts used in each of the resist compositions in Tables 4 and 5 below, except for AX-1 and AX-2, are those listed above as specific examples of onium salts (A).
  • AX-1 and AX-2 are onium salts each having the following structure.
  • AX-2 was synthesized by a known method.
  • the content of each repeating unit of AX-2 is a molar ratio to all repeating units.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of AX-2 are also shown below.
  • Mw and Mw/Mn of AX-2 were measured by GPC (carrier: THF) (the amount is equivalent to polystyrene).
  • each repeating unit of AX-2 was measured by 13 C-NMR. Since the pKa of the conjugate acid of the anion contained in AX-1 is -1.9, AX-1 does not correspond to an onium salt (A). Since the pKa of the conjugate acid of the anion contained in AX-2 is 4.20, AX-2 corresponds to an onium salt (A). AX-2 does not fall under polymer (B).
  • the onium salts used in Examples and Comparative Examples all correspond to photodegradable onium salt compounds.
  • resist compositions Components other than the solvents shown in Tables 4 and 5 below were mixed with the solvents shown in Tables 4 and 5 below so that the solid content concentration was 1.3% by mass. Next, the resulting mixed solution was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 ⁇ m to prepare resist compositions (Re-1 to Re-30, Hre-1 to Hre-7). Here, solid content means all components other than the solvent.
  • the obtained resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples. Tables 4 and 5 below list the types and contents of each component used (mass ratio (mass %) to the total solid content of the resist composition). In addition, Tables 4 and 5 below list the types and mixing ratios (mass ratios) of the solvents used. Furthermore, Tables 4 and 5 below also indicate the presence or absence of the specific group (D) in the polymer and the presence or absence of the specific group (D) in the onium salt.
  • a silicon wafer having a resist film obtained by the above procedure was exposed using an EUV exposure device (manufactured by Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). Pattern irradiation was performed. Note that a mask with a line size of 20 nm and a line:space ratio of 1:1 was used as the reticle.
  • the exposed resist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, rinsed with butyl acetate, and spin-dried to obtain a pattern.
  • Resolution evaluation is preferably 20.0 nm or less, more preferably 18.0 nm or less, even more preferably 16.0 nm or less, even more preferably 14.0 nm or less, particularly preferably 12.0 nm or less, and 11.0 nm or less. is most preferred.
  • LWR is preferably 4.2 nm or less, more preferably 3.9 nm or less, even more preferably 3.7 nm or less, even more preferably 3.5 nm or less, particularly preferably 3.3 nm or less, and most preferably 3.0 nm or less. .
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern with excellent resolution and excellent LWR performance, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device including the above pattern forming method are provided.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a resist film, a pattern formation method, an electronic device manufacturing method that includes the pattern formation method, and an active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition satisfying the following requirements (1) to (3) and comprising: (A) an onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or greater; and (B) a polymer that is a compound differing from the onium salt (A), the polymer including a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), and the polymer having a main chain that decomposes when irradiated with active light or radiation. (1) The composition comprises at least one component selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant, a polymerization inhibitor, and a chain transfer agent. (2) The onium salt (A) includes at least one component selected from the group consisting of an anti-oxidizing group, a polymerization terminating group, and a chain transfer group. (3) The polymer (B) includes at least one component selected from the group consisting of an anti-oxidizing group, a polymerization terminating group, and a chain transfer group.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うべく、化学増幅を利用したパターン形成方法が用いられている。例えば、ポジ型の化学増幅法では、まず、露光部に含まれる光酸発生剤が、光照射により分解して酸を発生する。そして、露光後のベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)過程等において、発生した酸の触媒作用により、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂が有するアルカリ不溶性の基をアルカリ可溶性の基に変化させる等して現像液に対する溶解性を変化させる。その後、例えば塩基性水溶液を用いて、現像を行う。これにより、露光部を除去して、所望のパターンを得る。 After resists for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), pattern forming methods using chemical amplification have been used to compensate for the decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption. For example, in a positive chemical amplification method, first, a photoacid generator contained in an exposed area is decomposed by light irradiation to generate acid. Then, in the post-exposure bake (PEB) process, etc., the catalytic action of the generated acid converts the alkali-insoluble groups of the resin contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition into alkali-soluble groups. The solubility in the developer is changed by, for example, changing to a base. Thereafter, development is performed using, for example, a basic aqueous solution. Thereby, the exposed portion is removed and a desired pattern is obtained.
 また、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が切断される重合体を用いたパターン形成方法も知られている。
 例えば、特許文献1には、深紫外線を吸収することで主鎖が切断される高分子と、重合禁止剤を含有し、重合禁止剤の含有量が特定の範囲内である有機樹脂組成物が記載されている。
 特許文献2には、イオン性化合物、及び、イオン性化合物におけるイオン性基と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、X線、電子線又は極紫外線の照射により主鎖が分解する樹脂を含有するポジ型レジスト組成物が記載されている。
Furthermore, a pattern forming method using a polymer whose main chain is cleaved by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is also known.
For example, Patent Document 1 describes an organic resin composition that contains a polymer whose main chain is cleaved by absorbing deep ultraviolet rays and a polymerization inhibitor, and the content of the polymerization inhibitor is within a specific range. Are listed.
Patent Document 2 describes an ionic compound and a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the ionic group in the ionic compound, and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with X-rays, electron beams, or extreme ultraviolet rays. A positive resist composition containing a resin is described.
日本国特開2020-45471号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-45471 国際公開第2021/153466号International Publication No. 2021/153466
 昨今、半導体素子の微細化のために、露光光源の短波長化及び投影レンズの高開口数(高NA)化が進み、例えば、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)を光源としたパターン形成方法も検討されつつある。このような現状のもと、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には性能の更なる向上が求められている。 Recently, due to the miniaturization of semiconductor devices, the wavelength of exposure light sources has become shorter and the numerical aperture (NA) of projection lenses has become higher. For example, extreme ultraviolet (EUV) and electron beam (EB) ) is also being considered as a pattern forming method using a light source. Under these current circumstances, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions are required to further improve their performance.
 本発明は、解像性に優れ、かつLWR(Line Width Roughness)性能に優れるパターンを形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法及び上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention includes an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern with excellent resolution and excellent LWR (Line Width Roughness) performance, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and the above pattern forming method. An object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The present inventors have discovered that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
<1>
 (A)共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを含むオニウム塩、及び、
 (B)上記オニウム塩(A)とは異なる化合物であり、上記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を含み、かつ活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体、を含み、
 下記(1)~(3)の少なくとも1つを満たす、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 (1)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
 (2)上記オニウム塩(A)が、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
 (3)上記重合体(B)が、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
<2>
 上記(1)を満たし、上記酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、多価フェノール化合物、アミン化合物、チオール化合物、リン化合物、糖化合物、ニトロ化合物及びニトロソ化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、<1>に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<3>
 上記酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、多価フェノール化合物、チオール化合物及びニトロソ化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、<1>又は<2>に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<4>
 上記酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、下記式(H-1)で表される化合物及び下記式(H-2)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<1>
(A) an onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more, and
(B) A compound different from the above onium salt (A), containing a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the above onium salt (A), and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. including a polymer;
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that satisfies at least one of the following (1) to (3).
(1) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, and chain transfer agents.
(2) The above onium salt (A) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
(3) The polymer (B) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
<2>
The above (1) is satisfied, and at least one selected from the group consisting of the above antioxidant, polymerization inhibitor, and chain transfer agent is a polyhydric phenol compound, an amine compound, a thiol compound, a phosphorus compound, a sugar compound, a nitro compound, and a nitrosol compound. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to <1>, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds.
<3>
At least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant, polymerization inhibitor, and chain transfer agent is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyhydric phenol compound, a thiol compound, and a nitroso compound, <1> or <2> >The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in >.
<4>
At least one selected from the group consisting of the above antioxidant, polymerization inhibitor, and chain transfer agent is a group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (H-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (H-2). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, which is at least one selected from the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(H-1)中、RH1は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH2~RH4は各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH1~RH4のうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(H-2)中、RH5は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH6~RH8は各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH5とRH6が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RH7とRH8が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
<5>
 上記(2)及び(3)の少なくとも1つを満たし、上記酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した芳香族基、ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換した芳香族基、アミノ基、チオール基、リン原子を含む基、炭素-炭素二重結合の2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ1つずつヒドロキシ基が置換した構造を含む基、ニトロ基及びニトロソ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<6>
 上記酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した芳香族基、チオール基及びニトロソ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<7>
 上記酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、下記式(H-1S)で表される基及び下記式(H-2S)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (H-1), R H1 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H2 to R H4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1 to R H4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In formula (H-2), R H5 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H6 to R H8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R H5 and R H6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R H7 and R H8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
<5>
An aromatic group that satisfies at least one of the above (2) and (3) and in which at least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups; Aromatic groups substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups, amino groups, thiol groups, groups containing phosphorus atoms, structures in which two carbon atoms of a carbon-carbon double bond are each substituted with one hydroxy group The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, which contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a group containing , a nitro group, and a nitroso group.
<6>
At least one selected from the group consisting of the above antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is at least one selected from the group consisting of an aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, a thiol group, and a nitroso group. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, comprising:
<7>
At least one selected from the group consisting of the above antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is a group consisting of a group represented by the following formula (H-1S) and a group represented by the following formula (H-2S) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which is at least one selected from the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式(H-1S)中、RH1Sは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH2S~RH4Sは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH1S~RH4Sのうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ただし、RH1S~RH4Sに含まれる水素原子、及びRH1S~RH4Sのうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して形成された環に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて基を形成する。
 式(H-2S)中、RH5Sは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH6S~RH8Sは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH5SとRH6Sが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RH7SとRH8Sが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ただし、RH5S~RH8Sに含まれる水素原子、RH5SとRH6Sが互いに結合して形成される環に含まれる水素原子、及びRH7SとRH8Sが互いに結合して形成される環に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて基を形成する。
<8>
 上記オニウム塩(A)に含まれるアニオンの共役酸が、フェノール化合物、カルボン酸、イミド酸、スルホンイミド酸及びチオール化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<9>
 上記オニウム塩(A)が、スルホニウム塩及びヨードニウム塩からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<10>
 上記重合体(B)が、下記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と下記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (H-1S), R H1S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H2S to R H4S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1S to R H4S may be bonded to each other to form a ring. However, at least one hydrogen atom contained in R H1S to R H4S and a hydrogen atom contained in a ring formed by bonding two adjacent ones of R H1S to R H4S to each other is removed to form a group. .
In formula (H-2S), R H5S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group or an organic group, and R H6S to R H8S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R H5S and R H6S may be combined with each other to form a ring. R H7S and R H8S may be combined with each other to form a ring. However, hydrogen atoms contained in R H5S to R H8S , hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H5S and R H6S , and hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H7S and R H8S , At least one hydrogen atom is removed to form a group.
<8>
<1> to <7>, wherein the conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a phenolic compound, a carboxylic acid, an imidic acid, a sulfonimidic acid, and a thiol compound. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of the above.
<9>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the onium salt (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of sulfonium salts and iodonium salts. thing.
<10>
The polymer (B) according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式(1)中、Xはハロゲン原子を表す。R及びAは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。Lは-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rと、A又はRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(2)中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Aは有機基を表す。
 ただし、A及びAの少なくとも1つは、上記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する。
<11>
 上記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記式(2)-1で表される繰り返し単位から下記式(2)-4で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、<10>に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (1), X represents a halogen atom. R 0 and A 1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 and A 1 or R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In formula (2), Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. A 2 represents an organic group.
However, at least one of A 1 and A 2 has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
<11>
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the following formula (2)-1 to the repeating unit represented by the following formula (2)-4. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to <10>.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式(2)-1中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Arはアリール基を表す。
 式(2)-2中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Lは単結合又は-CO-を表す。Rは炭化水素基を表す。
 式(2)-3中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。R及びRは各々独立に炭化水素基を表す。RとRは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(2)-4中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Lは-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは炭化水素基を表す。
<12>
 上記重合体(B)が有する上記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基が、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、イミド基、スルホンイミド基及びチオール基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<13>
 上記重合体(B)が、上記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を含み、
 上記繰り返し単位が、上記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を2つ以上有する、<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
<14>
 上記重合体(B)が、下記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、<1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (2)-1, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. Ar represents an aryl group.
In formula (2)-2, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. L 2 represents a single bond or -CO-. R a represents a hydrocarbon group.
In formula (2)-3, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. R b and R c each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring.
In formula (2)-4, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -. R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R d represents a hydrocarbon group.
<12>
The interactive group that the polymer (B) has and interacts with the onium salt (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, a sulfonimide group, and a thiol group. , the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>.
<13>
The polymer (B) contains a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A),
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the repeating unit has two or more interactive groups that interact with the onium salt (A). thing.
<14>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(3)中、kは2~5の整数を表す。Aは上記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を表す。複数のAは同一でも異なっていてもよい。Lは単結合又は連結基を表す。複数のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のLは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
<15>
 上記重合体(B)が、下記式(1)-1で表される繰り返し単位と下記式(3)-1で表される繰り返し単位とを含む、<1>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
In formula (3), k represents an integer from 2 to 5. A 3 represents an interactive group that interacts with the above onium salt (A). A plurality of A3s may be the same or different. L 4 represents a single bond or a connecting group. A plurality of L 4 may be the same or different. A plurality of L 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
<15>
Any one of <1> to <14>, wherein the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1)-1 and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3)-1. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式(1)-1中、Xはハロゲン原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 式(3)-1中、Zはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表す。
<16>
 <1>~<15>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。
<17>
 <1>~<15>のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
 上記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
 上記露光されたレジスト膜を有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程と、
を有する、パターン形成方法。
<18>
 <17>に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
In formula (1)-1, X represents a halogen atom. R f represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
In formula (3)-1, Z 1 represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group.
<16>
A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <15>.
<17>
forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <15>;
a step of exposing the resist film;
Developing the exposed resist film using a developer containing an organic solvent;
A pattern forming method comprising:
<18>
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to <17>.
 本発明によれば、解像性に優れ、かつLWR性能に優れるパターンを形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法及び上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。 According to the present invention, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern with excellent resolution and excellent LWR performance, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device including the above pattern forming method are provided. We can provide manufacturing methods.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされる場合があるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
 置換基は、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。
The present invention will be explained in detail below.
Although the description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
Regarding the notation of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, unless it goes against the spirit of the present invention, the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes groups having a substituent as well as groups having no substituent. do. For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Furthermore, the term "organic group" as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
Unless otherwise specified, the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent.
 本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び、置換基の数は特に限定されない。置換基の数は例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができる。 In this specification, the type of substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of substituents when "may have a substituent" are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three, or more. Examples of substituents include monovalent nonmetallic atomic groups excluding hydrogen atoms.
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線及び電子線等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極端紫外線、X線及び極紫外線等による露光のみならず、電子線及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書において表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。また、上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。
The term "actinic rays" or "radiation" as used herein means, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams. "Light" in this specification means actinic rays or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, "exposure" in this specification refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and extreme ultraviolet rays, but also to electron beams and ion beams. This also includes drawing using particle beams such as.
In the present specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
The direction of bonding of the divalent groups described herein is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too. Further, the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh). ) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: differential refractive index Defined as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by a Refractive Index Detector.
 本明細書において酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 In this specification, acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, using the following software package 1, a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values is calculated. , is a value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
 一方で、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。 On the other hand, pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method. A specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle. The H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. . Note that there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT, and one example is Gaussian 16.
 本明細書中のpKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
 また、本明細書中のpKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。
As mentioned above, pKa in this specification refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted.
In addition, pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution" as described above, but if pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" is adopted. It shall be.
 本明細書において、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 In this specification, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 本明細書において、固形分とは、レジスト膜を形成する成分を意図し、溶剤は含まれない。また、レジスト膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。 In this specification, the solid content is intended to be a component that forms a resist film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms a resist film, it is considered to be a solid component even if the component is liquid.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、
 (A)共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを含むオニウム塩、及び、
 (B)上記オニウム塩(A)とは異なる化合物であり、上記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を含み、かつ活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体、を含み、
 下記(1)~(3)の少なくとも1つを満たす、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。
 (1)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
 (2)上記オニウム塩(A)が、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
 (3)上記重合体(B)が、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
[Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is
(A) an onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more, and
(B) A compound different from the above onium salt (A), containing a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the above onium salt (A), and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic light or radiation. including a polymer;
It is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that satisfies at least one of the following (1) to (3).
(1) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, and chain transfer agents.
(2) The above onium salt (A) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
(3) The polymer (B) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、典型的にはレジスト組成物である。以下、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を「レジスト組成物」ともいう。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition. Hereinafter, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention will also be referred to as a "resist composition."
 以下、まず、本発明のレジスト組成物に含まれる各種成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, first, various components contained in the resist composition of the present invention will be explained.
<(A)共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを含むオニウム塩>
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを含むオニウム塩(「オニウム塩(A)」ともいう)を含む。
 本発明のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜の未露光部においては、オニウム塩(A)と重合体(B)とが相互作用するため、現像液に溶けにくくなっている。一方で、露光されると、重合体(B)の主鎖が分解して、オニウム塩(A)と重合体(B)との相互作用が解除されるため、現像液に溶けやすくなる。つまり、上記作用によりレジスト膜において未露光部と露光部にて溶解コントラストが高くなるため、優れた解像性及びLWR性能が得られると考えられる。
<(A) Onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more>
The resist composition of the present invention contains an onium salt (also referred to as "onium salt (A)") containing an anion with a conjugate acid having a pKa of 2 or more.
In the unexposed area of the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention, the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) interact, making it difficult to dissolve in the developer. On the other hand, when exposed to light, the main chain of the polymer (B) decomposes and the interaction between the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) is canceled, making it easier to dissolve in the developer. In other words, it is thought that the above effect increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area of the resist film, resulting in excellent resolution and LWR performance.
 オニウム塩(A)は、スルホニウム塩及びヨードニウム塩からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。 The onium salt (A) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of sulfonium salts and iodonium salts.
 オニウム塩(A)は、共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを含む。オニウム塩(A)が、共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを含むことで、前述のオニウム塩(A)と重合体(B)との相互作用が強くなり、溶解コントラストが高くなるため好ましい。
 オニウム塩(A)に含まれるアニオンの共役酸のpKaは、2以上であり、3以上であることが好ましく、4以上であることがより好ましい。また、オニウム塩(A)に含まれるアニオンの共役酸のpKaは、13以下であることが好ましく、11以下であることがより好ましく、8以下であることが更に好ましく、6以下であることが特に好ましい。pKaは前述の方法により求められる。
The onium salt (A) contains an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more. It is preferable that the onium salt (A) contains an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more because the interaction between the above-mentioned onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) becomes stronger and the dissolution contrast becomes higher.
The pKa of the conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 4 or more. Furthermore, the pKa of the conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 11 or less, even more preferably 8 or less, and preferably 6 or less. Particularly preferred. pKa is determined by the method described above.
 オニウム塩(A)に含まれるアニオンの共役酸は、フェノール化合物、カルボン酸、イミド酸、スルホンイミド酸及びチオール化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましく、フェノール化合物及びカルボン酸からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることがより好ましい。 The conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic compounds, carboxylic acids, imidic acids, sulfonimidic acids, and thiol compounds; More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of:
 オニウム塩(A)に含まれるアニオンは、下記式(An-1)で表される基を有するアニオン、下記式(An-2)で表される基を有するアニオン、下記式(An-3)で表される基を有するアニオン、下記式(An-4)で表される基を有するアニオン及び下記式(An-5)で表される基を有するアニオンからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましく、下記式(An-1)で表される基を有するアニオン及び下記式(An-2)で表される基を有するアニオンからなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることがより好ましい。 The anions contained in the onium salt (A) include an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-1), an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-2), and an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-3). At least one selected from the group consisting of an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-4), and an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-5). It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-1) and an anion having a group represented by the following formula (An-2). preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(An-1)、(An-2)、(An-3)、(An-4)及び(An-5)中、*はそれぞれ結合位置を表す。式(An-5)中、RA1は水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。 In formulas (An-1), (An-2), (An-3), (An-4) and (An-5), * represents the bonding position, respectively. In formula (An-5), R A1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
 式(An-1)中の*は結合位置を表し、芳香族基との結合位置を表すことが好ましい。
 式(An-1)で表される基を有するアニオンは、下記式(An-1-1)で表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
* in formula (An-1) represents a bonding position, preferably representing a bonding position with an aromatic group.
The anion having a group represented by the formula (An-1) is preferably an anion represented by the following formula (An-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(An-1-1)中、Arは芳香族基を表す。
 式(An-1)中のArが表す芳香族基は、芳香族炭化水素基でも芳香族複素環基でもよいが、芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。Arは、炭素数6~20のアリール基又は炭素数3~20のヘテロアリール基(ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等が挙げられる。)であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基であることがより好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基であることが更に好ましく、フェニル基であることが特に好ましい。Arが表す芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基等が好ましい。
In formula (An-1-1), Ar 1 represents an aromatic group.
The aromatic group represented by Ar 1 in formula (An-1) may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, but is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Ar 1 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or a heteroaryl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (heteroatoms include, for example, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.), It is more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, even more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and particularly preferably a phenyl group. The aromatic group represented by Ar 1 may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxy group.
 式(An-2)中の*は結合位置を表し、芳香族基との結合位置を表すことが好ましい。
 式(An-2)で表される基を有するアニオンは、下記式(An-2-1)で表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
* in formula (An-2) represents a bonding position, preferably representing a bonding position with an aromatic group.
The anion having a group represented by formula (An-2) is preferably an anion represented by formula (An-2-1) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(An-2-1)中、Arは芳香族基を表す。
 Arの説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述の式(An-1-1)中のArと同じである。Arが表す芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基等が好ましい。
In formula (An-2-1), Ar 2 represents an aromatic group.
The description, specific examples, and preferred range of Ar 2 are the same as Ar 1 in the above formula (An-1-1). The aromatic group represented by Ar 2 may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, and a thiol group.
 式(An-3)中の*はそれぞれ結合位置を表し、炭化水素基との結合位置を表すことが好ましい。
 式(An-3)で表される基を有するアニオンは、下記式(An-3-1)で表されるアニオン又は下記式(An-3-2)で表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
Each * in formula (An-3) represents a bonding position, and preferably represents a bonding position with a hydrocarbon group.
The anion having a group represented by the formula (An-3) is preferably an anion represented by the following formula (An-3-1) or an anion represented by the following formula (An-3-2). .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(An-3-1)中、RN1~RN4は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基等が好ましい。RN1~RN4は水素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(An-3-2)中、RN5は置換基を表す。V1は0~4の整数を表す。RN5が表す置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基等が好ましい。V1は0又は1が好ましく、0がより好ましい。
In formula (An-3-1), R N1 to R N4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxy group. R N1 to R N4 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
In formula (An-3-2), R N5 represents a substituent. V1 represents an integer from 0 to 4. Preferred examples of the substituent represented by R N5 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxy group. V1 is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
 式(An-4)中の*はそれぞれ結合位置を表し、炭化水素基との結合位置を表すことが好ましい。 * in formula (An-4) each represents a bonding position, and preferably represents a bonding position with a hydrocarbon group.
 式(An-5)中の*は結合位置を表し、炭化水素基との結合位置を表すことが好ましい。
 式(An-5)中のRA1は水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。RA1が表す1価の有機基は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましい。
 RA1が表すアルキル基は直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。RA1が表すアルキルの炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基は特に制限されないが、例えば、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子又はシアノ基が好ましい。上記置換基としてのシクロアルキル基の例としては、後述するRA1がシクロアルキル基である場合において説明するシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。また、RA1が表すアルキル基は1つ以上の-CH-がカルボニル基で置換されていてもよい。
 RA1が表すシクロアルキル基は単環でも多環でもよい。RA1が表すシクロアルキル基の炭素数は3~20が好ましく、5~12がより好ましい。RA1が表すシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基及びアダマンチル基が挙げられる。RA1が表すシクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基は特に制限されないが、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~5)が好ましい。RA1が表すシクロアルキル基の環員原子である炭素原子のうちの1個以上が、カルボニル炭素原子で置き換わっていてもよい。
 RA1が表すアリール基は単環でも多環でもよい。RA1が表すアリール基の炭素数は6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。RA1が表すアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基及びナフチル基が挙げられる。RA1が表すアリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基は特に制限されないが、アルキル基、フッ素原子又はシアノ基が好ましい。上記置換基としてのアルキル基の例は、前述したRA1がアルキル基を表す場合において説明したアルキル基が挙げられる。
 式(An-5)中のRA1は、Nと直接結合する基が、-CO-及び-SO-のいずれでもないことが好ましい。
* in formula (An-5) represents a bonding position, and preferably represents a bonding position with a hydrocarbon group.
R A1 in formula (An-5) represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group represented by R A1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkyl group represented by R A1 may be linear or branched. The alkyl represented by R A1 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, but preferably, for example, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the cycloalkyl group described below in the case where R A1 is a cycloalkyl group. Further, in the alkyl group represented by R A1 , one or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with a carbonyl group.
The cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 5 to 12. Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group. The cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 5 carbon atoms) is preferred. One or more of the carbon atoms that are ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R A1 may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon atom.
The aryl group represented by R A1 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R A1 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12. Examples of the aryl group represented by R A1 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. The aryl group represented by R A1 may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group is preferable. Examples of the alkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the alkyl group described above in the case where R A1 represents an alkyl group.
In R A1 in formula (An-5), the group directly bonding to N - is preferably neither -CO- nor -SO 2 -.
 オニウム塩(A)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって酸を発生するオニウム塩構造の化合物(光分解型オニウム塩化合物)であることが好ましい。オニウム塩(A)が光分解型オニウム塩化合物である場合、露光によりオニウム塩(A)自体が分解し、かつ分解効率が高いため、前述の溶解コントラストの向上の効果が更に高くなると考えられる。 The onium salt (A) is preferably a compound with an onium salt structure (photodegradable onium salt compound) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. When the onium salt (A) is a photodegradable onium salt compound, the onium salt (A) itself is decomposed by exposure and the decomposition efficiency is high, so it is thought that the above-mentioned effect of improving dissolution contrast becomes even higher.
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物について説明する。
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物とは、アニオン部位とカチオン部位とから構成される塩構造部位を少なくとも1つ有し、かつ露光により分解して酸(好ましくは有機酸)を発生する化合物であるのが好ましい。
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物の上記塩構造部位は、露光によって分解し易く、かつ有機酸の生成性により優れる点で、有機カチオン部位と求核性が著しく低い有機アニオン部位とから構成されているのが好ましい。
 上記塩構造部位は、光分解型オニウム塩化合物における一部分であってもよいし、全体であってもよい。なお、上記塩構造部位が光分解型オニウム塩化合物における一部分である場合とは、例えば、後述する光分解型オニウム塩PG2の如く、2つ以上の塩構造部位が連結している構造等が該当する。
 光分解型オニウム塩における塩構造部位の個数としては特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~6が好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
The photodegradable onium salt compound will be explained below.
A photodegradable onium salt compound is a compound that has at least one salt structure site consisting of an anion site and a cation site, and that decomposes upon exposure to light and generates an acid (preferably an organic acid). preferable.
The above-mentioned salt structure moiety of the photodegradable onium salt compound is composed of an organic cation moiety and an organic anion moiety with extremely low nucleophilicity because it is easily decomposed by exposure to light and is superior in producing organic acids. is preferred.
The above-mentioned salt structure site may be a part of the photodegradable onium salt compound, or may be the entirety. In addition, the case where the above-mentioned salt structure part is a part of a photodegradable onium salt compound corresponds to a structure in which two or more salt structure parts are connected, for example, as in the photodegradable onium salt PG2 described below. do.
The number of salt structural moieties in the photodegradable onium salt is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 10, preferably from 1 to 6, and more preferably from 1 to 3.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物において、塩構造部位を構成するカチオン部位としては、有機カチオン部位であるのが好ましく、なかでも、後述する、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 In the photodegradable onium salt compound, the cation moiety constituting the salt structure moiety is preferably an organic cation moiety, and in particular, an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaI) described below. Alternatively, an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by the formula (ZaII) is preferable.
(光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1)
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物の好適態様の一例としては、「M X」で表されるオニウム塩化合物であって、露光により有機酸を発生する化合物(以下「光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1」ともいう)が挙げられる。
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Mは有機カチオンを表し、Xは前述の共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを表す。
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1について説明する。
(Photodegradable onium salt compound PG1)
An example of a preferred embodiment of the photodegradable onium salt compound is an onium salt compound represented by "M + ).
In the compound represented by “M + X ”, M + represents an organic cation, and X represents an anion having a pKa of 2 or more of the aforementioned conjugate acid.
The photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 will be explained below.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1中のMで表される有機カチオンとしては、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 The organic cation represented by M + in the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaII). ZaII)) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記式(ZaI)において、
 R201、R202、及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、通常1~30であり、1~20が好ましい。また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above formula (ZaI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the organic groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is usually 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20. Furthermore, two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
 式(ZaI)における有機カチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する、カチオン(ZaI-1)、カチオン(ZaI-2)、式(ZaI-3b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-3b))、及び式(ZaI-4b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-4b))が挙げられる。 Preferred embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), and organic cation (cation (ZaI-3b)) represented by formula (ZaI-3b), which will be described later. ), and an organic cation (cation (ZaI-4b)) represented by the formula (ZaI-4b).
 まず、カチオン(ZaI-1)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-1)は、上記式(ZaI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウムカチオンである。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンは、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 また、R201~R203のうちの1つがアリール基であり、R201~R203のうちの残りの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、1つ以上のメチレン基が酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、及び/又はカルボニル基で置換されていてもよいアルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、又は-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-)が挙げられる。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、アリールジアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
In the arylsulfonium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Further, one of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. The group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 includes, for example, one or more methylene groups substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and/or a carbonyl group. and alkylene groups (eg, butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
Examples of the arylsulfonium cation include triarylsulfonium cation, diarylalkylsulfonium cation, aryldialkylsulfonium cation, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cation.
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンに含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウムカチオンが2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンが必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等がより好ましい。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. A cycloalkyl group is preferred, and for example, a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group are more preferred.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素、ヨウ素)、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、エステル基、スルフィニル基、スルホニル基、アルキルチオ基、及びフェニルチオ基等が好ましい。
 上記置換基は可能な場合さらに置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、上記アルキル基が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有して、トリフルオロメチル基などのハロゲン化アルキル基となっていることも好ましい。
The substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3-15), aryl group (e.g. carbon number 6-14), alkoxy group (e.g. carbon number 1-15), cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g. carbon number 1-15), halogen atom (e.g. fluorine, iodine), hydroxy A carboxyl group, an ester group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, an alkylthio group, a phenylthio group, and the like are preferred.
The above substituent may further have a substituent if possible. For example, the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent to become a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-2)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-2)は、式(ZaI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表すカチオンである。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基が更に好ましい。
Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxy A carbonylmethyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is even more preferred.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、並びに、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include, for example, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group). group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-3b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-3b)は、下記式(ZaI-3b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(ZaI-3b)中、
 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(t-ブチル基等)、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基を表す。
In formula (ZaI-3b),
R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. group, nitro group, alkylthio group, or arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、それぞれ互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、この環は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族のヘテロ環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Often, the rings may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the above-mentioned ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基等のアルキレン基が挙げられる。このアルキレン基中のメチレン基が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子で置換されていてもよい。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as a butylene group and a pentylene group. The methylene group in this alkylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
 R1c~R5c、R6c、R7c、R、R、並びに、R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及び、RとRがそれぞれ互いに結合して形成する環は、置換基を有していてもよい。 R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and the ring formed by bonding R x and R y to each other may have a substituent.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-4b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-4b)は、下記式(ZaI-4b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(ZaI-4b)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、ヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合はそれぞれ独立して、ヒドロキシ基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成するのが好ましい。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、及び上記ナフチル基、並びに、2つのR15が互いに結合して形成する環は置換基を有してもよい。
In formula (ZaI-4b),
l represents an integer from 0 to 2.
r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
R13 is a group having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group (a cycloalkyl group). It may be an alkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents.
R14 is a hydroxy group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cyclo Represents a group having an alkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents. When a plurality of R 14s exist, each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxy group.
R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. Two R 15s may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15s combine with each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, two R 15s are alkylene groups and are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring structure. The ring formed by bonding the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, naphthyl group, and two R 15s to each other may have a substituent.
 式(ZaI-4b)において、R13、R14、及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であるのが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等がより好ましい。 In formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are preferably linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10. As the alkyl group, a methyl group, ethyl group, n-butyl group, or t-butyl group is more preferable.
 次に、式(ZaII)について説明する。
 式(ZaII)中、R204及びR205は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又はペンチル基)、又は炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, formula (ZaII) will be explained.
In formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, and a phenylthio group.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1の分子量としては、3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
(光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2)
 また、光分解型オニウム塩化合物の好適態様の他の一例として、下記化合物(I)及び化合物(II)(以下、「化合物(I)及び化合物(II)」を「光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2」ともいう。)が挙げられる。光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2は、上述の塩構造部位を2つ以上有し、露光により多価の有機酸を発生する化合物である。
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2について説明する。
(Photodegradable onium salt compound PG2)
In addition, as another example of a preferred embodiment of the photodegradable onium salt compound, the following compound (I) and compound (II) (hereinafter, "compound (I) and compound (II)") are referred to as "photodegradable onium salt compound PG2". ). The photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is a compound that has two or more of the above-described salt structure sites and generates a polyvalent organic acid upon exposure to light.
The photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 will be explained below.
《化合物(I)》
 化合物(I)は、1つ以上の下記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Yを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、下記構造部位Xに由来する下記第1の酸性部位と下記構造部位Yに由来する下記第2の酸性部位とを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
  構造部位X:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によってHAで表される第1の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
  構造部位Y:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によってHAで表される第2の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
 但し、化合物(I)は、下記条件Iを満たす。
《Compound (I)》
Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and the following first acidic acid derived from the following structural moiety This is a compound that generates an acid containing the following second acidic site derived from the structural site Y below.
structural site _ _ _ 2 - and a cationic site M 2 + , and forms a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. However, compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.
 条件I:上記化合物(I)において上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M 及び上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなる化合物PIが、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a1(pKa)と、上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a2(pKa)を有し、かつ、上記酸解離定数a1よりも上記酸解離定数a2の方が大きい。ただし、pKaと、pKaは2以上である。
 上記化合物PIとは、化合物(I)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
Condition I: A compound PI obtained by replacing the cation moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cation moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + in the compound (I) is The acid dissociation constant a1 (pKa 1 ) derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + with H + and the cationic site M 2 + in the structural site Y with H + It has an acid dissociation constant a2 (pKa 2 ) derived from the acidic site represented by HA 2 , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the acid dissociation constant a1. However, pKa 1 and pKa 2 are 2 or more.
The above-mentioned compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
 化合物(I)が2つ以上の構造部位Xを有する場合、構造部位Xは、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A 、及び、2つ以上の上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 また、化合物(I)中、上記A 及び上記A 、並びに、上記M 及び上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、上記A 及び上記A は、各々異なっているのが好ましい。
When compound (I) has two or more structural sites X, the structural sites X may be the same or different. Furthermore, the two or more A 1 and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
Further, in compound (I), the above A 1 - and the above A 2 - , and the above M 1 + and the above M 2 + may be the same or different, but the above A 1 - and the above Preferably, each A 2 - is different.
 アニオン部位A 及びアニオン部位A は、負電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、前述の式(An-1)で表される基、式(An-2)で表される基、式(An-3)で表される基、式(An-4)で表される基及び式(An-5)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。 The anion site A 1 - and the anion site A 2 - are structural sites containing a negatively charged atom or atomic group, and are a group represented by the above formula (An-1), a group represented by the formula (An-2), At least one selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (An-3), a group represented by the formula (An-4), and a group represented by the formula (An-5). It is preferable that there be.
 また、カチオン部位M 及びカチオン部位M は、正電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、例えば、電荷が1価の有機カチオンが挙げられる。なお、有機カチオンとしては特に制限されないが、上述した式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 Further, the cationic site M 1 + and the cationic site M 2 + are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, such as monovalent organic cations. The organic cation is not particularly limited, but is preferably an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the above-mentioned formula (ZaI) or an organic cation (cation (ZaII)) represented by the formula (ZaII).
《化合物(II)》
 化合物(II)は、2つ以上の上記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Zを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つ以上と上記構造部位Zとを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
 構造部位Z:酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位
《Compound (II)》
Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties It is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more sites and the above structural site Z.
Structural site Z: nonionic site capable of neutralizing acids
 上記化合物(II)は、活性光線又は放射線を照射によって、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位を有する化合物PII(酸)を発生し得る。つまり、化合物PIIは、上記HAで表される酸性部位と、酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位である構造部位Zと、を有する化合物を表す。
 なお、化合物(II)中、構造部位Xの定義、並びに、A 及びM の定義は、上述した化合物(I)中の構造部位Xの定義、並びに、A 及びM の定義と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 また、上記2つ以上の構造部位Xは、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A 、及び、2つ以上の上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
The above compound (II) is a compound PII (acid) having an acidic site represented by HA 1 obtained by replacing the above cation site M 1 + in the above structural site X with H + by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. It can occur. That is, compound PII represents a compound having the acidic site represented by HA 1 above and the structural site Z, which is a nonionic site capable of neutralizing acid.
In addition, the definition of the structural moiety X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (II) are the same as the definition of the structural moiety X and A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) described above. It has the same meaning as the definition, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
Furthermore, the two or more structural sites X may be the same or different. Furthermore, the two or more A 1 and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different.
 構造部位Z中の酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位としては特に制限されず、例えば、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基を含む部位であるのが好ましい。
 プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基としては、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又はπ共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基等が挙げられる。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。
The nonionic site that can neutralize the acid in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably a site that contains a group that can electrostatically interact with protons or a functional group that has electrons. .
As a group capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or a functional group having electrons, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to π conjugation is used. Examples include functional groups having such a functional group. A nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基の部分構造としては、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造等が挙げられ、なかでも、1~3級アミン構造が好ましい。 Examples of partial structures of functional groups having groups or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons include crown ether structures, aza crown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures. Among them, primary to tertiary amine structures are preferred.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2の分子量は100~10000が好ましく、100~2500がより好ましく、100~1500が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is preferably 100 to 10,000, more preferably 100 to 2,500, even more preferably 100 to 1,500.
 オニウム塩(A)に含まれるアニオンの具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。なお、Aa6~Aa9は、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。 Specific examples of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) are shown below, but the anion is not limited thereto. Note that Aa6 to Aa9 contain at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 上記各アニオンの共役酸のpKaを下記表1に示す。 The pKa of the conjugate acid of each of the above anions is shown in Table 1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
 オニウム塩(A)に含まれるカチオンの具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。なお、Ac2は、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。 Specific examples of the cation contained in the onium salt (A) are shown below, but the cation is not limited thereto. Note that Ac2 includes at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 オニウム塩(A)の具体例(A-1~A-27)を、各化合物に含まれるアニオンとカチオンの組み合わせにより下記表2に示すが、オニウム塩(A)はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples (A-1 to A-27) of the onium salt (A) are shown in Table 2 below according to the combinations of anions and cations contained in each compound, but the onium salt (A) is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
 本発明のレジスト組成物中のオニウム塩(A)の含有量は特に制限されないが、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1.0質量%以上がより好ましく、5.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、上記含有量は、40.0質量%以下が好ましく、30.0質量%以下がより好ましい。
 オニウム塩(A)は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
The content of the onium salt (A) in the resist composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the resist composition. It is preferably 5.0% by mass or more, and more preferably 5.0% by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less.
Onium salts (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<重合体(B)>
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体(「重合体(B)」ともいう)を含む。
 重合体(B)はオニウム塩(A)とは異なる化合物である。したがって、共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを含むオニウム塩に該当する重合体は、重合体(B)には該当しないものとする。
 重合体(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する(主鎖が切断される)、いわゆる主鎖切断型ポリマーである。重合体(B)は、X線、電子線又は極紫外線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体であることが好ましく、電子線又は極紫外線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体であることがより好ましい。
 重合体(B)は、ホモポリマーであっても共重合体であってもよい。
<Polymer (B)>
The resist composition of the present invention contains a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), and is a polymer ("polymer (B)") whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. (also called).
The polymer (B) is a different compound from the onium salt (A). Therefore, a polymer that corresponds to an onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more does not correspond to the polymer (B).
The polymer (B) is a so-called main chain-cleaved polymer whose main chain is decomposed (the main chain is cut) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The polymer (B) is preferably a polymer whose main chain decomposes when irradiated with X-rays, electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays, and preferably whose main chain decomposes when irradiated with electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays. More preferred.
The polymer (B) may be a homopolymer or a copolymer.
 重合体(B)は、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む。
 オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基は、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、イミド基、スルホンイミド基及びチオール基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。イミド基は下記式(M1)で表される基であることが好ましい。スルホンイミド基は下記式(M2)又は(M3)で表される基であることが好ましい。
The polymer (B) contains repeating units having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
The interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, a sulfonimide group, and a thiol group. The imide group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (M1). The sulfonimide group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (M2) or (M3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(M1)~(M3)中、RM1~RM4はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。*はそれぞれ置換位置を表す。
 RM1~RM4が表す置換基としては、有機基が好ましく、有機基としては、後述する有機基Wに例示する基が挙げられる。式(M3)中のRM3及びRM4は、窒素原子と直接結合する基が、-CO-及び-SO-のいずれでもないことが好ましい。
In formulas (M1) to (M3), R M1 to R M4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. * each represents a substitution position.
The substituents represented by R M1 to R M4 are preferably organic groups, and examples of the organic group include groups exemplified as the organic group W described below. In R M3 and R M4 in formula (M3), the group directly bonding to the nitrogen atom is preferably neither -CO- nor -SO 2 -.
 重合体(B)は、下記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と下記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位とを含むことが好ましい。 It is preferable that the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(1)中、Xはハロゲン原子を表す。R及びAは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。Lは-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rと、A又はRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(2)中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Aは有機基を表す。
 ただし、A及びAの少なくとも1つは、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する。
In formula (1), X represents a halogen atom. R 0 and A 1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 and A 1 or R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In formula (2), Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. A 2 represents an organic group.
However, at least one of A 1 and A 2 has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
 A及びAの少なくとも1つが有する、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基は、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、イミド基、スルホンイミド基及びチオール基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。
 少なくともAがオニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有することが好ましい。
The interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), which at least one of A 1 and A 2 has, is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, a sulfonimide group, and a thiol group. It is preferable that
It is preferred that at least A 1 has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
(式(1)で表される繰り返し単位)
 式(1)で表される繰り返し単位について説明する。
 重合体(B)は式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことで、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解しやすくなる。
 Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
(Repeating unit represented by formula (1))
The repeating unit represented by formula (1) will be explained.
Since the polymer (B) contains the repeating unit represented by formula (1), the main chain is easily decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Examples of the halogen atom represented by X include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and the like. The halogen atom represented by X is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
 R、R及びAは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。R、R及びAで表される有機基としては特に制限されず、例えば、下記有機基Wに例示する基が挙げられる。 R 0 , R 1 and A 1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic groups represented by R 0 , R 1 and A 1 are not particularly limited, and include, for example, groups exemplified as the organic group W below.
(有機基W)
 有機基Wは、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アルキニル基、シクロアルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アラルキル基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシル基(アルキルカルボニル基又はアリールカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(アルキルカルボニルオキシ基又はアリールカルボニルオキシ基)、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリール又はヘテロ環アゾ基、スルホンアミド基、イミド基、アシルアミノ基、カルバモイル基、ラクトン基等が挙げられる。
 また、上述の各基は、可能な場合、更に置換基を有してもよい。例えば、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基も、有機基Wの一形態として含まれる。上記置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述の有機基Wとして示した各基のうちの1以上の基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、1~3級のアミノ基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、ホスホノ基、シリル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等が挙げられる(以下、これらを「置換基T」という)。
 また、有機基Wが有する炭素数は、例えば、1~20である。
 また、有機基Wが有する水素原子以外の原子の数は、例えば、1~30である。
(Organic group W)
The organic group W is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkynyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an aralkyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocycle. Oxy group, acyl group (alkylcarbonyl group or arylcarbonyl group), acyloxy group (alkylcarbonyloxy group or arylcarbonyloxy group), carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, Heterocyclic thio group, alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, alkyl or arylsulfonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryl or heterocyclic azo group, sulfonamide group, imide group, acylamino group, carbamoyl group, lactone group, etc. Can be mentioned.
Moreover, each of the above-mentioned groups may further have a substituent, if possible. For example, an alkyl group which may have a substituent is also included as one form of the organic group W. The above substituents are not particularly limited, but include, for example, one or more of the groups shown as the organic group W above, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a primary to tertiary amino group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, Examples include a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, a phosphono group, a silyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group (hereinafter, these are referred to as "substituent T").
Further, the number of carbon atoms in the organic group W is, for example, 1 to 20.
Further, the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms that the organic group W has is, for example, 1 to 30.
 また、有機基Wにおいて例示されるアルキル基の炭素数としては、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基等の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状アルキル基が挙げられる。
 置換基を有してもよいアルキル基において、アルキル基が有してもよい置換基は特に制限されず、例えば、上述の置換基Tで例示される基等が挙げられる。
Further, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group exemplified in the organic group W is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
The alkyl group may be either linear or branched.
Examples of the alkyl group include linear or branched alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, and n-hexyl group. It will be done.
In the alkyl group which may have a substituent, the substituent which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the groups exemplified by the above-mentioned substituent T.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるアルコキシ基(アルコキシ基を含む置換基(例えば、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基)中のアルコキシ基部分も含む)におけるアルキル基部分、アラルキル基におけるアルキル基部分、アルキルカルボニル基におけるアルキル基部分、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基におけるアルキル基部分、アルキルチオ基におけるアルキル基部分、アルキルスルフィニル基におけるアルキル基部分、及びアルキルスルホニル基におけるアルキル部分としては、上記アルキル基が好ましい。また、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアラルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルチオ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルスルフィニル基、及び置換基を有してもよいアルキルスルホニル基において、アルコキシ基、アラルキル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルスルフィニル基、及びアルキルスルホニル基が有してもよい置換基としては、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。 The alkyl group moiety in the alkoxy group (including the alkoxy group moiety in a substituent containing an alkoxy group (e.g., alkoxycarbonyloxy group)), the alkyl group moiety in an aralkyl group, and the alkyl group in an alkylcarbonyl group exemplified in the organic group W As the alkyl group moiety in the alkylcarbonyloxy group, the alkyl group moiety in the alkylthio group, the alkyl group moiety in the alkylsulfinyl group, and the alkyl moiety in the alkylsulfonyl group, the above alkyl groups are preferable. Also, an alkoxy group that may have a substituent, an aralkyl group that may have a substituent, an alkylcarbonyloxy group that may have a substituent, an alkylthio group that may have a substituent, a substituent In the alkylsulfinyl group which may have a substituent, and the alkylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group, an aralkyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, and an alkylsulfonyl group have Examples of the substituent which may be substituted include the same substituents as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。上記シクロアルキル基の炭素数は5~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基において、シクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるアルケニル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。上記アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましい。置換基を有してもよいアルケニル基において、アルケニル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるシクロアルケニル基の炭素数は、5~20が好ましい。置換基を有してもよいシクロアルケニル基において、シクロアルケニル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるアルキニル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。上記アルキニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましい。置換基を有してもよいアルキニル基において、アルキニル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるシクロアルキニル基の炭素数は、5~20が好ましい。置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキニル基において、シクロアルキニル基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
Examples of the cycloalkyl group for the organic group W include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. Examples include alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 5 to 15. In the cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the cycloalkyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
The alkenyl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either linear or branched. The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In the alkenyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the alkenyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
The cycloalkenyl group exemplified in the organic group W preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms. In the cycloalkenyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the cycloalkenyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
The alkynyl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 20. In the alkynyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the alkynyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
The cycloalkynyl group exemplified as the organic group W preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms. In the cycloalkynyl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the cycloalkynyl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるアリール基は、特段の断りがない限り、単環及び多環(例えば、2~6環等)のいずれであってもよい。
 上記アリール基の環員原子の数は、6~15が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。
 上記アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又は、アントラニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
 置換基を有してもよいアリール基において、アリール基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 また、有機基Wにおいて例示される基のうち、アリール基を含む置換基(例えば、アリールオキシ基)中のアリール基部分についても、上記有機基Wにおいて例示されるアリール基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The aryl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, 2-6 rings, etc.) unless otherwise specified.
The number of ring member atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10.
The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthranyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
In the aryl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the aryl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
Furthermore, among the groups exemplified in the organic group W, the same examples as the aryl group exemplified in the above organic group W are given for the aryl group moiety in a substituent containing an aryl group (for example, an aryloxy group). It will be done.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるヘテロアリール基は、特段の断りがない限り、単環及び多環(例えば、2~6環等)のいずれであってもよい。
 ヘテロアリール基が環員原子として有するヘテロ原子の数は、例えば、1~10である。上記ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、窒素原子、硫黄原子、酸素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、及びホウ素原子が挙げられる。
 上記ヘテロアリール基の環員原子の数は、5~15が好ましい。
 置換基を有してもよいヘテロアリール基において、ヘテロアリール基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The heteroaryl group exemplified in the organic group W may be either monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, 2-6 rings, etc.) unless otherwise specified.
The number of heteroatoms that the heteroaryl group has as ring member atoms is, for example, 1 to 10. Examples of the heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, and boron atom.
The number of ring member atoms in the heteroaryl group is preferably 5 to 15.
In the heteroaryl group which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the heteroaryl group may have are the same as those for the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるヘテロ環とは、ヘテロ原子を環員原子として含む環を意図し、特段の断りがない限り、芳香族複素環及び脂肪族複素環のいずれでもよく、単環及び多環(例えば、2~6環等)のいずれであってもよい。
 ヘテロ環が環員原子として有するヘテロ原子の数は、例えば、1~10である。上記ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、窒素原子、硫黄原子、酸素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、及びホウ素原子が挙げられる。
 上記ヘテロ環の環員原子の数は、5~15が好ましい。
 置換基を有してもよいヘテロ環において、ヘテロ環が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The heterocycle exemplified in the organic group W is intended to be a ring containing a hetero atom as a ring member atom, and unless otherwise specified, it may be either an aromatic heterocycle or an aliphatic heterocycle, and may include a monocyclic ring and a polycyclic ring. It may be any ring (for example, 2 to 6 rings, etc.).
The number of heteroatoms that the heterocycle has as ring member atoms is, for example, 1 to 10. Examples of the heteroatoms include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, and boron atom.
The number of ring member atoms in the heterocycle is preferably 5 to 15.
In the heterocycle which may have a substituent, examples of the substituent which the heterocycle may have are similar to the substituents in the alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 有機基Wにおいて例示されるラクトン基としては、5~7員環のラクトン基が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。
 置換基を有してもよいラクトン基において、ラクトン基が有してもよい置換基は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
The lactone group exemplified in the organic group W is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, and another ring structure is fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. It is more preferable that
In the lactone group that may have a substituent, examples of the substituent that the lactone group may have include the same as the substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent.
 R及びRとしては、水素原子が好ましい。
 Aとしては、有機基を表すのが好ましい。
Hydrogen atoms are preferred as R 0 and R 1 .
A 1 preferably represents an organic group.
 Rと、A又はRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 RがA又はRと互いに結合して形成する環としては特に制限されず、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。上記環は、環員原子として、酸素原子、窒素原子、及び硫黄原子等のヘテロ原子、並びに/又は、カルボニル炭素を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環は5又は6員の脂環であるのが好ましい。
R 0 and A 1 or R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
The ring formed by R 0 bonding with A 1 or R 1 is not particularly limited, and may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The above-mentioned ring may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, and sulfur atom, and/or carbonyl carbon as ring member atoms.
Preferably, the ring is a 5- or 6-membered alicyclic ring.
 以下、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位に対応するモノマー(重合することにより式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を与えるモノマー)の具体例を挙げるが、これらに限定されない。なお、1-d、1-f、1-h、1-m~1-oは、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する。 Hereinafter, specific examples of monomers corresponding to the repeating units represented by formula (1) (monomers that provide repeating units represented by formula (1) by polymerization) will be given, but the monomers are not limited to these. Note that 1-d, 1-f, 1-h, and 1-m to 1-o have an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 重合体(B)において、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以上であるのが好ましく、30モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、80モル%以下であるのが好ましく、70モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが更に好ましい。
 重合体(B)において、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. More preferably, it is 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less based on the total repeating units. It is even more preferable that there be one.
In the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by formula (1) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
(式(2)で表される繰り返し単位)
 式(2)で表される繰り返し単位について説明する。
 Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、炭化水素基を表すことが好ましい。
 Yで表される炭化水素基としては、例えば、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基等が挙げられる。
 Yで表されるアルキル基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたアルキル基であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基が更に好ましい。
 Yで表されるシクロアルキル基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたシクロアルキル基であるのが好ましく、シクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。
 Yで表されるアリール基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたアリール基であるのが好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基がより好ましい。
(Repeating unit represented by formula (2))
The repeating unit represented by formula (2) will be explained.
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, preferably a hydrocarbon group.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by Y include linear or branched alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, and aryl groups.
The alkyl group represented by Y is preferably an alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
The cycloalkyl group represented by Y is preferably the cycloalkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a cyclohexyl group.
The aryl group represented by Y is preferably the aryl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
 Aで表される有機基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CH-が-O-、-CO-、及び、-NR-からなる群から選択される1種以上の基で置換されていてもよい、置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基を表すのが好ましい。
 上記Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
The organic group represented by A 2 is not particularly limited, but for example, -CH 2 - is substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, and -NR T -. It is preferable to represent a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
The above R T represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
 上記置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基としては、例えば、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれでもよい。)、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基(単環及び多環のいずれでもよい。)等が挙げられる。
 上記置換基を有してもよいアルキル基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたアルキル基であるのが好ましく、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。上記アルキル基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、有機基Wとして上述した置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 上記置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたシクロアルキル基であるのが好ましく、置換基を有してもよいシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、有機基Wとして上述した置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 上記置換基を有してもよいアリール基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたアリール基であるのが好ましく、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基がより好ましい。上記アリール基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、有機基Wとして上述した置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 また、上記Rで表される有機基としては特に制限されず、例えば、上段部にて説明した有機基Wが挙げられる。
Examples of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent include an alkyl group that may have a substituent (which may be linear or branched); Examples thereof include a cycloalkyl group and an aryl group (either monocyclic or polycyclic) which may have a substituent.
The alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably the alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
The cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a cycloalkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a cyclohexyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have include the same examples as the substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
The aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
Further, the organic group represented by RT is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the organic group W described in the upper part.
 Aで表される-CH-が-O-、-CO-、及び、-NR-からなる群から選択される1種以上の基で置換されていてもよい、置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基、-O-L-R、-NR、及び-CO-L-R等が挙げられる。
 R~Rは各々独立に炭化水素基を表す。上記炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。上記Lとしては、単結合又は-CO-を表す。上記Lとしては、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 また、RとRが互いに結合して形成する環としては特に制限されず、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。上記環は、環員原子として、ヘテロ原子及びカルボニル炭素の少なくとも1つを含んでいてもよい。ヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等が挙げられる。上記環は5又は6員の脂環であるのが好ましい。
 Rで表される有機基としては特に制限されず、例えば、前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。
-CH 2 - represented by A 2 has a substituent, which may be substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, and -NR T - Examples of the hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent include, but are not particularly limited to, hydrocarbon groups that may have a substituent, -O-L 2 -R a , -NR b R c , and -CO-L 3 - Examples include R d and the like.
R a to R d each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. The above hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring. The above L 2 represents a single bond or -CO-. The above L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -. R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
Further, the ring formed by bonding R b and R c to each other is not particularly limited, and may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. The ring may contain at least one of a heteroatom and carbonyl carbon as a ring member atom. Examples of the heteroatom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like. Preferably, the ring is a 5- or 6-membered alicyclic ring.
The organic group represented by Re is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the organic group W described above.
 式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、下記式(2)-1で表される繰り返し単位から下記式(2)-4で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましく、式(2)-1で表される繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is selected from the repeating unit represented by the following formula (2)-1 to the repeating unit represented by the following formula (2)-4 in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The repeating unit is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of: more preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2)-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(2)-1中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Arはアリール基を表す。
 式(2)-2中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Lは単結合又は-CO-を表す。Rは炭化水素基を表す。
 式(2)-3中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。R及びRは各々独立に炭化水素基を表す。RとRは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(2)-4中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Lは-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは炭化水素基を表す。
In formula (2)-1, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. Ar represents an aryl group.
In formula (2)-2, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. L 2 represents a single bond or -CO-. R a represents a hydrocarbon group.
In formula (2)-3, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. R b and R c each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring.
In formula (2)-4, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -. R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R d represents a hydrocarbon group.
 式(2)-1~式(2)-4中のYは、式(2)中のYと同義であり、好適態様も同じである。 Y in formulas (2)-1 to (2)-4 has the same meaning as Y in formula (2), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 式(2)-1中、Arはアリール基を表し、上記アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。
 Arが表すアリール基としては、前述した有機基Wとして例示されたアリール基であるのが好ましく、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基がより好ましい。上記アリール基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、有機基Wとして上述した置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
In formula (2)-1, Ar represents an aryl group, and the aryl group may have a substituent.
The aryl group represented by Ar is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W described above, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
 式(2)-2~式(2)-4中のR、R、R及びRは、各々独立に炭化水素基を表す。上記炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R、R、R及びRで表される置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基としては、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれでもよい。)、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基及び置換基を有してもよいアリール基(単環及び多環のいずれでもよい。)が挙げられる。
 上記置換基を有してもよいアルキル基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたアルキル基であるのが好ましく、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。上記アルキル基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、有機基Wとして上述した置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 上記置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたシクロアルキル基であるのが好ましく、置換基を有してもよいシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、有機基Wとして上述した置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
 上記置換基を有してもよいアリール基としては、有機基Wとして例示されたアリール基であるのが好ましく、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基がより好ましい。上記アリール基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、有機基Wとして上述した置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様の例が挙げられる。
R a , R b , R c and R d in formulas (2)-2 to (2)-4 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. The above hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
The hydrocarbon groups that may have substituents represented by R a , R b , R c and R d include alkyl groups that may have substituents (both linear and branched). ), a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic) which may have a substituent.
The alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably the alkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
The cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a cycloalkyl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a cyclohexyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have include the same examples as the substituents for the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
The aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group exemplified as the organic group W, and more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the same substituents as the alkyl group that may have a substituent described above as the organic group W.
 また、RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RとRが互いに結合して形成する環としては特に制限されず、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。上記環は、環員原子として、ヘテロ原子及びカルボニル炭素の少なくとも1つを含んでいてもよい。ヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等が挙げられる。上記環は5又は6員の脂環であるのが好ましい。 Furthermore, R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring. The ring formed by combining R b and R c with each other is not particularly limited, and may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. The ring may contain at least one of a heteroatom and carbonyl carbon as a ring member atom. Examples of the heteroatom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like. Preferably, the ring is a 5- or 6-membered alicyclic ring.
 式(2)-4中、Lは、-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rで表される有機基としては特に制限されず、例えば、前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。
In formula (2)-4, L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -. R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
The organic group represented by Re is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, the organic group W described above.
 式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、α-メチルスチレン類、イソプロペニルエーテル類、イソプロペニルアミン類、及びメタクリル酸エステル類からなる群から選ばれる単量体に由来する繰り返し単位であるのも好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is a repeating unit derived from a monomer selected from the group consisting of α-methylstyrenes, isopropenyl ethers, isopropenylamines, and methacrylic acid esters. is also preferable.
 以下、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位に対応するモノマー(重合することにより式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を与えるモノマー)の具体例を挙げるが、これらに限定されない。なお、2-a~2-s、及び2-xは、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する。また、2-b、2-c、2-f、2-h、2-m、2-n、及び2-n7は、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。 Hereinafter, specific examples of monomers corresponding to the repeating units represented by formula (2) (monomers that provide repeating units represented by formula (2) by polymerization) will be given, but the monomers are not limited to these. Note that 2-a to 2-s and 2-x have an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A). Furthermore, 2-b, 2-c, 2-f, 2-h, 2-m, 2-n, and 2-n7 are at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group. Contains one.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 重合体(B)において、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以上であるのが好ましく、30モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、80モル%以下であるのが好ましく、70モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが更に好ましい。
 重合体(B)において、式(2)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. More preferably, it is 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less based on the total repeating units. It is even more preferable that there be one.
In the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by formula (2) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
 重合体(B)は、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、上記繰り返し単位が、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を2つ以上有することがより好ましい。
 重合体(B)は、下記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。下記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位は、上記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい態様の1つである。
The polymer (B) preferably contains a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), and the repeating unit has two interacting groups that interact with the onium salt (A). It is more preferable to have one or more.
It is preferable that the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3). The repeating unit represented by the following formula (3) is one of the preferred embodiments of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式(3)中、kは2~5の整数を表す。Aはオニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を表す。複数のAは同一でも異なっていてもよい。Lは単結合又は連結基を表す。複数のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のLは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In formula (3), k represents an integer from 2 to 5. A 3 represents an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A). A plurality of A3s may be the same or different. L 4 represents a single bond or a connecting group. A plurality of L 4 may be the same or different. A plurality of L 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 kは2~5の整数を表し、2~4の整数を表すことが好ましく、2又は3を表すことがより好ましい。 k represents an integer of 2 to 5, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3.
 Aが表す、オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基は、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、イミド基及びチオール基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。 The interactive group represented by A 3 that interacts with the onium salt (A) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, and a thiol group.
 Lが表す連結基は特に限定されないが、2価の有機基であることが好ましく、アルキレン基又はアルケニレン基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基又は炭素数2~6のアルケニレン基であることが更に好ましい。 The linking group represented by L 4 is not particularly limited, but is preferably a divalent organic group, more preferably an alkylene group or an alkenylene group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is an alkenylene group.
 複数のLは互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、上記環としては、芳香環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。 A plurality of L 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring is preferably an aromatic ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
 重合体(B)において、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以上であるのが好ましく、30モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、80モル%以下であるのが好ましく、70モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが更に好ましい。
 重合体(B)において、式(3)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (3) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. More preferably, it is 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (3) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less based on the total repeating units. It is even more preferable that there be one.
In the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by formula (3) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the range of the above-mentioned preferred content.
 重合体(B)が、下記式(1)-1で表される繰り返し単位と下記式(3)-1で表される繰り返し単位とを含むことが好ましい。 It is preferable that the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1)-1 and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3)-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(1)-1中、Xはハロゲン原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 式(3)-1中、Zはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表す。
 Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
 Rが表す有機基としては、例えば、前述の有機基Wが挙げられ、アルキル基又はアラルキル基が好ましい。
In formula (1)-1, X represents a halogen atom. R f represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
In formula (3)-1, Z 1 represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group.
Examples of the halogen atom represented by X include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and the like. The halogen atom represented by X is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
Examples of the organic group represented by R f include the above-mentioned organic group W, and an alkyl group or an aralkyl group is preferable.
 重合体(B)において、式(1)-1で表される繰り返し単位と式(3)-1で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、それぞれ、全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以上であるのが好ましく、30モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、式(1)-1で表される繰り返し単位と式(3)-1で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、それぞれ、全繰り返し単位に対して、80モル%以下であるのが好ましく、70モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが更に好ましい。
 重合体(B)において、式(1)-1で表される繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1)-1 and the repeating unit represented by formula (3)-1 is 20 mol% or more, respectively, based on the total repeating units. The content is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more. Further, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1)-1 and the repeating unit represented by formula (3)-1 is preferably 80 mol% or less, respectively, based on the total repeating units. , more preferably 70 mol% or less, and even more preferably 60 mol% or less.
In the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit represented by formula (1)-1 may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
 重合体(B)において、上記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位との合計の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であるのが好ましく、95モル%以上であるのがより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、100モル%以下が好ましい。 In the polymer (B), the total content of repeating units represented by the above formula (1) and repeating units represented by the above formula (2) is 90 mol% or more based on all repeating units. It is preferably present, and more preferably 95 mol% or more. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable.
 重合体(B)が上記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む共重合体である場合、ランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体及び交互共重合体(上記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位とが交互に配置された共重合体)のいずれの形態であってもよいが、交互共重合体であるのが好ましい。
 重合体(B)の好適な一態様として、重合体(B)中の交互共重合体の存在割合が、重合体(B)の全質量にして、90質量%以上である態様(好ましくは100質量%)である態様も挙げられる。
When the polymer (B) is a copolymer containing a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the above formula (2), it may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer or an alternating copolymer. It may be in any form of a copolymer (a copolymer in which repeating units represented by the above formula (1) and repeating units represented by the above formula (2) are arranged alternately), but Preferably, it is a copolymer.
A preferred embodiment of the polymer (B) is an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the polymer (B) is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer (B)). % by mass).
 重合体(B)は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲において、上述した繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。上述した繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位の含有量は、重合体(B)の全繰り返し単位に対して10質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The polymer (B) may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. The content of repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and 0% by mass based on the total repeating units of the polymer (B). % is more preferable.
 重合体(B)の重量平均分子量の下限値は、25,000以上であることが好ましく、耐熱性向上、ドライエッチング耐性の劣化抑制、及び本発明の効果がより優れる点で、30,000以上がより好ましく、35,000以上が更に好ましく、40,000以上が特に好ましく、50,000以上が最も好ましい。また、上限値としては、現像適性がより優れる点及び粘度が高くなって製膜性が劣化するのをより抑制できる点で、例えば、200,000以下が好ましく、150,000以下がより好ましく、100,000以下が更に好ましく、85,000以下が特に好ましい。なお、上記重量平均分子量の値は、GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として求められる値である。
 重合体(B)の分散度(分子量分布)は、通常、1.0~5.0であり、1.0~3.0が好ましく、1.2~3.0がより好ましく、1.2~2.5が更に好ましい。分散度が上記範囲にある場合、解像度及びレジスト形状がより優れやすい。
The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (B) is preferably 25,000 or more, and 30,000 or more is preferable in that it improves heat resistance, suppresses deterioration of dry etching resistance, and provides more excellent effects of the present invention. is more preferable, 35,000 or more is still more preferable, 40,000 or more is particularly preferable, and 50,000 or more is most preferable. In addition, the upper limit value is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, from the viewpoints of better developability and better suppression of deterioration of film formability due to increase in viscosity. It is more preferably 100,000 or less, particularly preferably 85,000 or less. Note that the above weight average molecular weight value is a value determined as a polystyrene equivalent value by GPC method.
The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) of the polymer (B) is usually 1.0 to 5.0, preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and 1.2 ~2.5 is more preferred. When the degree of dispersion is within the above range, the resolution and resist shape tend to be better.
 重合体(B)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。 The polymer (B) can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
 本発明のレジスト組成物において、重合体(B)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、50.0質量%以上が好ましく、60.0質量%以上がより好ましく、70.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、重合体(B)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、99.5質量%以下が好ましく、99.0質量%以下がより好ましく、95.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 重合体(B)は、1種のみ使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the resist composition of the present invention, the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 50.0% by mass or more, more preferably 60.0% by mass or more, and 70.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. More preferably, it is 0% by mass or more. Further, the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 95.0% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resist composition. preferable.
Only one type of polymer (B) may be used, or a plurality of them may be used in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the range of the above-mentioned preferred content.
 オニウム塩(A)と重合体(B)は異なる化合物である。オニウム塩(A)と重合体(B)が異なる化合物であると、それぞれの配合比を自由に制御しやすく、現像液への溶解性を高くすることができ、これによって現像性を高くすることができ、その結果、解像性及びLWR性能が向上する。 The onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) are different compounds. When the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) are different compounds, it is easy to freely control the blending ratio of each, and the solubility in the developer can be increased, thereby improving developability. As a result, resolution and LWR performance are improved.
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、下記(1)~(3)の少なくとも1つを満たす。
 (1)レジスト組成物が、酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
 (2)上記オニウム塩(A)が、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
 (3)上記重合体(B)が、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、上記(1)~(3)の条件の少なくとも1つを満たすことにより、露光で起こる重合体(B)の主鎖分解反応の副反応である架橋反応を効率良く抑制することができるため、溶解コントラストを向上させることができ、その結果、高い解像性及び高いLWR性能を発現することができると考えられる。
 酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群に含まれる化合物を、「化合物(C)」とも呼ぶ。
 酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群に含まれる基を、「特定基(D)」とも呼ぶ。
The resist composition of the present invention satisfies at least one of the following (1) to (3).
(1) The resist composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant, a polymerization inhibitor, and a chain transfer agent.
(2) The above onium salt (A) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
(3) The polymer (B) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
By satisfying at least one of the conditions (1) to (3) above, the resist composition of the present invention can efficiently carry out the crosslinking reaction, which is a side reaction of the main chain decomposition reaction of the polymer (B) that occurs upon exposure. Since it is possible to suppress the dissolution contrast, it is considered that the dissolution contrast can be improved, and as a result, high resolution and high LWR performance can be exhibited.
Compounds included in the group consisting of antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, and chain transfer agents are also referred to as "compounds (C)."
Groups included in the group consisting of antioxidant groups, polymerization termination groups, and chain transfer groups are also referred to as "specific groups (D)."
<化合物(C)>
 本発明のレジスト組成物が上記(1)を満たす場合(すなわち、レジスト組成物が、化合物(C)を少なくとも1つ含む場合)について説明する。
 化合物(C)は、オニウム塩(A)及び重合体(B)とは異なる化合物であることが好ましい。
 化合物(C)としては、酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤又は連鎖移動剤として公知の化合物を用いることができる。
 化合物(C)は、多価フェノール化合物、アミン化合物、チオール化合物、リン化合物、糖化合物、ニトロ化合物及びニトロソ化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましく、多価フェノール化合物、チオール化合物及びニトロソ化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることがより好ましい。
<Compound (C)>
A case where the resist composition of the present invention satisfies the above (1) (that is, a case where the resist composition contains at least one compound (C)) will be described.
The compound (C) is preferably a compound different from the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B).
As the compound (C), compounds known as antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, or chain transfer agents can be used.
Compound (C) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of polyhydric phenol compounds, amine compounds, thiol compounds, phosphorus compounds, sugar compounds, nitro compounds, and nitroso compounds; More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of and nitroso compounds.
 多価フェノール化合物は、1つの芳香環に2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した化合物であり、1つの芳香族炭化水素環に2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した化合物であることがより好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素環に2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した化合物であることが更に好ましく、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環に2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した化合物であることが特に好ましく、ベンゼン環に2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した化合物が最も好ましい。多価フェノール化合物の1つの芳香環に置換したヒドロキシ基の数は、2つ以上4つ以下が好ましく、2つ又は3つがより好ましい。
 アミン化合物としては、ヒンダードアミン系光安定剤(HALS)、芳香族アミン化合物又はジチオカルバミン酸の金属塩(例えばジチオカルバミン酸の亜鉛塩)が好ましい。
 アミン化合物としては、下記式(CA-1)で表される化合物、下記式(CA-2)で表される化合物、下記式(CA-3)で表される化合物及び下記式(CA-4)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。
The polyhydric phenol compound is a compound in which one aromatic ring is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, and more preferably a compound in which one aromatic hydrocarbon ring is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups. It is more preferable that the compound has six to twenty aromatic hydrocarbon rings substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, and it is particularly preferable that the compound has a benzene ring or naphthalene ring substituted with two or more hydroxy groups. Most preferred are compounds in which the benzene ring is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups. The number of hydroxy groups substituted on one aromatic ring of the polyhydric phenol compound is preferably 2 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 2 or 3.
As the amine compound, a hindered amine light stabilizer (HALS), an aromatic amine compound, or a metal salt of dithiocarbamic acid (for example, a zinc salt of dithiocarbamic acid) is preferable.
Examples of the amine compound include a compound represented by the following formula (CA-1), a compound represented by the following formula (CA-2), a compound represented by the following formula (CA-3), and a compound represented by the following formula (CA-4). ) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(CA-1)中、RC1及びRC2は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 式(CA-2)中、RC3及びRC4は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。RC5は置換基を表す。c1は0~4の整数を表す。RC5が複数存在する場合、複数のRC5は同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のRC5が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(CA-3)中、RC6及びRC7は各々独立に置換基を表す。c2及びc3は各々独立に0~5の整数を表す。RC6が複数存在する場合、複数のRC6は同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のRC6が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RC7が複数存在する場合、複数のRC7は同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のRC7が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(CA-4)中、RC8及びRC9は各々独立に置換基を表す。c4及びc5は各々独立に0~4の整数を表す。RC8が複数存在する場合、複数のRC8は同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のRC8が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RC9が複数存在する場合、複数のRC9は同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のRC9が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。LC1は単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
In formula (CA-1), R C1 and R C2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In formula (CA-2), R C3 and R C4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R C5 represents a substituent. c1 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When a plurality of R C5s exist, the plurality of R C5s may be the same or different. A plurality of R C5s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In formula (CA-3), R C6 and R C7 each independently represent a substituent. c2 and c3 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5. When a plurality of R C6s exist, the plurality of R C6s may be the same or different. A plurality of R C6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When a plurality of R C7s exist, the plurality of R C7s may be the same or different. A plurality of R C7s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In formula (CA-4), R C8 and R C9 each independently represent a substituent. c4 and c5 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4. When a plurality of R C8s exist, the plurality of R C8s may be the same or different. A plurality of R C8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When a plurality of R C9s exist, the plurality of R C9s may be the same or different. A plurality of R C9s may be bonded to each other to form a ring. L C1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 RC1及びRC3が表す置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、有機基、ヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基(アミノ基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる)等が挙げられる。有機基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。
 RC2及びRC4が表す置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、有機基、-O・(オキシラジカル基)等が挙げられる。有機基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。
 RC5が表す置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、有機基、ヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基(アミノ基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる)等が挙げられる。有機基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。
 RC6~RC9が表す置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、有機基、ヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基(アミノ基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる)等が挙げられる。有機基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。
 LC1が表す2価の連結基としては特に限定されないが、アルキレン基、-S-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-NRC10-、又はこれらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる連結基が好ましい。RC10は水素原子又は有機基を表す。有機基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。
The substituents represented by R C1 and R C3 are not particularly limited, but include, for example, an organic group, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group (the amino group may have a substituent, and the substituents include the above-mentioned organic groups). and the like. Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
The substituents represented by R C2 and R C4 are not particularly limited, but include, for example, an organic group, -O. (oxy radical group), and the like. Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
The substituent represented by R C5 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an organic group, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group (the amino group may have a substituent, and the substituents include the above-mentioned organic group W). etc.). Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
The substituents represented by R C6 to R C9 are not particularly limited, but include, for example, an organic group, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group (the amino group may have a substituent, and the substituents include the above-mentioned organic groups). and the like. Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
The divalent linking group represented by L C1 is not particularly limited, but may include an alkylene group, -S-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NR C10 -, or two of these. A linking group formed by a combination of the above is preferred. R C10 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above.
 チオール化合物としては、芳香族チオール化合物が好ましい。芳香族チオール化合物は、芳香族基にチオール基が結合してなる化合物が好ましく、芳香族基としてはアリール基及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられ、アリール基及びヘテロアリール基としては、前述の有機基Wにおいて例示されるアリール基及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
 リン化合物としては、ホスファイト化合物が好ましく、芳香族ホスファイト化合物がより好ましい。芳香族ホスファイト化合物に含まれる芳香族基としてはアリール基及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられ、アリール基及びヘテロアリール基としては、前述の有機基Wにおいて例示されるアリール基及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
 糖化合物としては、アスコルビン酸が好ましい。
 ニトロ化合物及びニトロソ化合物としては、芳香族ニトロ化合物及び芳香族ニトロソ化合物が好ましい。芳香族ニトロ化合物及び芳香族ニトロソ化合物に含まれる芳香環は、芳香族炭化水素環であることが好ましい。芳香環の環員の炭素数は6~20が好ましく、6~15がより好ましい。芳香環は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
 また、化合物(C)として、下記式(CA-5)で表される化合物も好ましい。
As the thiol compound, aromatic thiol compounds are preferred. The aromatic thiol compound is preferably a compound in which a thiol group is bonded to an aromatic group, and examples of the aromatic group include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, and examples of the aryl group and heteroaryl group include the above-mentioned organic group W. Examples include aryl groups and heteroaryl groups exemplified in .
As the phosphorus compound, a phosphite compound is preferable, and an aromatic phosphite compound is more preferable. Examples of the aromatic group contained in the aromatic phosphite compound include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, and examples of the aryl group and heteroaryl group include the aryl group and heteroaryl group exemplified in the above-mentioned organic group W. .
As the sugar compound, ascorbic acid is preferred.
As the nitro compound and nitroso compound, aromatic nitro compounds and aromatic nitroso compounds are preferred. The aromatic ring contained in the aromatic nitro compound and the aromatic nitroso compound is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15. The aromatic ring may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and a hydroxy group.
Further, as the compound (C), a compound represented by the following formula (CA-5) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(CA-5)中、RC11及びRC12は各々独立に水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。ただし、RC11及びRC12のうち少なくとも1つはアルキル基を表す。RC13は置換基を表す。c6は0~3の整数を表す。RC13が複数存在する場合、複数のRC13は同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のRC13が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 RC11及びRC12のうち少なくとも1つが炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、t-ブチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 RC13が有機基である場合、炭素数1~100の有機基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~50の有機基であることがより好ましい。RC13としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。
In formula (CA-5), R C11 and R C12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. However, at least one of R C11 and R C12 represents an alkyl group. R C13 represents a substituent. c6 represents an integer from 0 to 3. When a plurality of R C13s exist, the plurality of R C13s may be the same or different. A plurality of R C13s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
At least one of R C11 and R C12 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a t-butyl group.
When R C13 is an organic group, it is preferably an organic group having 1 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably an organic group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms. Examples of R C13 include the organic group W described above.
 化合物(C)は、下記式(H-1)で表される化合物及び下記式(H-2)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが特に好ましい。 It is particularly preferable that the compound (C) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (H-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (H-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(H-1)中、RH1は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH2~RH4は各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH1~RH4のうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 式(H-2)中、RH5は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH6~RH8は各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH5とRH6が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RH7とRH8が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In formula (H-1), R H1 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H2 to R H4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1 to R H4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In formula (H-2), R H5 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H6 to R H8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R H5 and R H6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R H7 and R H8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 式(H-1)中、RH1~RH4が表す有機基としては、前述した有機基Wを挙げることができ、炭素数1~10の有機基が好ましい。有機基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基及びアシルオキシ基がより好ましい。
 RH1~RH4のうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して形成される環としては、芳香環でも非芳香環でもよいが、シクロヘキサン環又はベンゼン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
 式(H-2)中、RH5~RH8が表す有機基としては、前述した有機基Wを挙げることができ、炭素数1~10の有機基が好ましい。有機基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基及びアシルオキシ基がより好ましい。
 RH5とRH6が互いに結合して形成する環、及びRH7とRH8が互いに結合して形成する環としては、芳香環でも非芳香環でもよいが、シクロヘキサン環又はベンゼン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
In formula (H-1), the organic group represented by R H1 to R H4 includes the organic group W described above, and an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. As the organic group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an acyloxy group are more preferable.
The ring formed by bonding two adjacent ones of R H1 to R H4 to each other may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring, but a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable.
In formula (H-2), the organic group represented by R H5 to R H8 includes the organic group W described above, and an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. As the organic group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an acyloxy group are more preferable.
The ring formed by bonding R H5 and R H6 with each other, and the ring formed by bonding R H7 and R H8 with each other, may be aromatic rings or non-aromatic rings, but are preferably cyclohexane rings or benzene rings. A ring is more preferred.
 化合物(C)の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of compound (C) are shown below, but the invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 本発明のレジスト組成物が化合物(C)を含む場合、化合物(C)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1.0質量%以上がより好ましく、2.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、本発明のレジスト組成物が化合物(C)を含む場合、化合物(C)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、30.0質量%以下が好ましく、20.0質量%以下がより好ましく、10.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 化合物(C)は、1種のみ使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
When the resist composition of the present invention contains compound (C), the content of compound (C) is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the resist composition. is more preferable, and even more preferably 2.0% by mass or more. Further, when the resist composition of the present invention contains compound (C), the content of compound (C) is preferably 30.0% by mass or less, and 20.0% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the resist composition. % or less, more preferably 10.0% by mass or less.
Compound (C) may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<特定基(D)>
 本発明のレジスト組成物が上記(2)及び(3)の少なくとも一方を満たす場合(すなわち、オニウム塩(A)及び重合体(B)の少なくとも1つが、特定基(D)を少なくとも1つ含む場合)について説明する。
 特定基(D)としては、酸化防止基、重合停止基又は連鎖移動基として公知の基が挙げられる。
 重合体(B)が特定基(D)を含む場合、特定基(D)が、前述したオニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を兼ねていてもよい。
 特定基(D)は、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した芳香族基、ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換した芳香族基、アミノ基、チオール基、リン原子を含む基、炭素-炭素二重結合の2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ1つずつヒドロキシ基が置換した構造を含む基、ニトロ基及びニトロソ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含むことが好ましく、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した芳香族基、チオール基及びニトロソ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含むことがより好ましい。
<Specific group (D)>
When the resist composition of the present invention satisfies at least one of the above (2) and (3) (that is, at least one of the onium salt (A) and the polymer (B) contains at least one specific group (D)) case) will be explained.
Examples of the specific group (D) include groups known as antioxidant groups, polymerization termination groups, or chain transfer groups.
When the polymer (B) contains a specific group (D), the specific group (D) may also serve as an interactive group that interacts with the above-mentioned onium salt (A).
The specific group (D) is an aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, an aromatic group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups, an amino group, a thiol group, a group containing a phosphorus atom, a carbon- A group containing a structure in which each of two carbon atoms of a carbon double bond is substituted with a hydroxy group, a nitro group, and a nitroso group, preferably containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a nitro group and a nitroso group, and two or more hydroxy groups. It is more preferable that the group contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a substituted aromatic group, a thiol group, and a nitroso group.
 2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した芳香族基としては、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換したアリール基が好ましく、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した炭素数6~20のアリール基がより好ましく、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換したフェニル基又はナフチル基が更に好ましく、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換したフェニル基が特に好ましい。2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した芳香族基におけるヒドロキシ基の数は2つ以上4つ以下が好ましく、2つ又は3つがより好ましい。 The aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups is preferably an aryl group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, A phenyl group or naphthyl group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups is more preferred, and a phenyl group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups is particularly preferred. The number of hydroxy groups in the aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups is preferably 2 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 2 or 3.
 ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換した芳香族基としては、ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換したアリール基が好ましく、ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換した炭素数6~20のアリール基がより好ましく、ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換したフェニル基又はナフチル基が更に好ましく、ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換したフェニル基が特に好ましい。ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換した芳香族基におけるヒドロキシ基の数とカルボキシ基の数は、それぞれ1つ以上2つ以下が好ましい。 The aromatic group substituted with one or more hydroxy group and one or more carboxy group is preferably an aryl group substituted with one or more hydroxy group and one or more carboxy group, and an aryl group substituted with one or more hydroxy group and one or more carboxy group each has 6 carbon atoms. -20 aryl groups are more preferred, phenyl or naphthyl groups each substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups are even more preferred, and phenyl groups each substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups are particularly preferred. The number of hydroxy groups and the number of carboxy groups in the aromatic group substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups is preferably from 1 to 2, respectively.
 アミノ基としては、-NRD1-を含む基(ただし、-CO-NRD1-CO-、及び-NRD1-SO-を除く)であることが好ましい。RD1は水素原子又は有機基を表し、有機基としては前述した有機基Wが挙げられる。アミノ基は、上記式(CA-1)で表される化合物に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて形成される基、上記式(CA-2)で表される化合物に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて形成される基、上記式(CA-3)で表される化合物に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて形成される基及び上記式(CA-4)で表される化合物に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて形成される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。 The amino group is preferably a group containing -NR D1 - (excluding -CO-NR D1 -CO- and -NR D1 -SO 2 -). R D1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and examples of the organic group include the organic group W described above. An amino group is a group formed by removing at least one of the hydrogen atoms contained in the compound represented by the above formula (CA-1), and a group formed by removing at least one hydrogen atom contained in the compound represented by the above formula (CA-2). A group formed by removing at least one of the atoms, a group formed by removing at least one hydrogen atom contained in the compound represented by the above formula (CA-3), and a group formed by removing at least one hydrogen atom from the compound represented by the above formula (CA-4). ) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups formed by removing at least one of the hydrogen atoms contained in the compound represented by ().
 チオール基は、芳香族基に結合したチオール基が好ましい。芳香族基としてはアリール基及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられ、アリール基及びヘテロアリール基としては、前述の有機基Wにおいて例示されるアリール基及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
 リン原子を含む基としては、ホスファイト化合物に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて形成される基が好ましく、芳香族ホスファイト化合物に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて形成される基がより好ましい。芳香族ホスファイト化合物に含まれる芳香族基としてはアリール基及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられ、アリール基及びヘテロアリール基としては、前述の有機基Wにおいて例示されるアリール基及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
The thiol group is preferably a thiol group bonded to an aromatic group. Examples of the aromatic group include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, and examples of the aryl group and heteroaryl group include the aryl group and heteroaryl group exemplified in the above-mentioned organic group W.
The group containing a phosphorus atom is preferably a group formed by removing at least one hydrogen atom contained in a phosphite compound, and a group formed by removing at least one hydrogen atom contained in an aromatic phosphite compound. More preferred are groups such as Examples of the aromatic group contained in the aromatic phosphite compound include an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, and examples of the aryl group and heteroaryl group include the aryl group and heteroaryl group exemplified in the above-mentioned organic group W. .
 炭素-炭素二重結合の2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ1つずつヒドロキシ基が置換した構造を含む基とは、下記式(D-1)で表される基である。 The group containing a structure in which two carbon atoms of a carbon-carbon double bond are each substituted with one hydroxy group is a group represented by the following formula (D-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 式(D-1)中、*はそれぞれ置換位置を表す。
 また、特定基(D)として、上記式(CA-5)で表される化合物に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて形成される基が好ましい。
In formula (D-1), each * represents a substitution position.
Further, as the specific group (D), a group formed by removing at least one of the hydrogen atoms contained in the compound represented by the above formula (CA-5) is preferable.
 特定基(D)は、下記式(H-1S)で表される基及び下記式(H-2S)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つであることが特に好ましい。 The specific group (D) is particularly preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the following formula (H-1S) and a group represented by the following formula (H-2S).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 式(H-1S)中、RH1Sは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH2S~RH4Sは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH1S~RH4Sのうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ただし、RH1S~RH4Sに含まれる水素原子、及びRH1S~RH4Sのうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して形成された環に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて基を形成する。
 式(H-2S)中、RH5Sは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH6S~RH8Sは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH5SとRH6Sが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RH7SとRH8Sが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ただし、RH5S~RH8Sに含まれる水素原子、RH5SとRH6Sが互いに結合して形成される環に含まれる水素原子、及びRH7SとRH8Sが互いに結合して形成される環に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて基を形成する。
In formula (H-1S), R H1S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H2S to R H4S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1S to R H4S may be bonded to each other to form a ring. However, at least one hydrogen atom contained in R H1S to R H4S and a hydrogen atom contained in a ring formed by bonding two adjacent ones of R H1S to R H4S to each other is removed to form a group. .
In formula (H-2S), R H5S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group or an organic group, and R H6S to R H8S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R H5S and R H6S may be combined with each other to form a ring. R H7S and R H8S may be combined with each other to form a ring. However, hydrogen atoms contained in R H5S to R H8S , hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H5S and R H6S , and hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H7S and R H8S , At least one hydrogen atom is removed to form a group.
 式(H-1S)中のRH1S~RH4Sの具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述した式(H-1)中のRH1~RH4と同じである。
 式(H-2S)中のRH5S~RH8Sの具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述した式(H-2)中のRH5~RH8と同じである。
 上記式(H-1S)で表される基及び上記式(H-2S)で表される基は、1価の基であることが好ましい。
Specific examples and preferred ranges of R H1S to R H4S in formula (H-1S) are the same as R H1 to R H4 in formula (H-1) described above.
Specific examples and preferred ranges of R H5S to R H8S in formula (H-2S) are the same as R H5 to R H8 in formula (H-2) described above.
The group represented by the above formula (H-1S) and the group represented by the above formula (H-2S) are preferably monovalent groups.
 本発明のレジスト組成物が少なくとも上記(2)を満たす場合(すなわち、少なくとも1つのオニウム塩(A)が特定基(D)を少なくとも1つ含む場合)、特定基(D)を含むオニウム塩(A)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1.0質量%以上がより好ましく、5.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、上記含有量は、40.0質量%以下が好ましく、30.0質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the resist composition of the present invention satisfies at least (2) above (that is, when at least one onium salt (A) contains at least one specific group (D)), the onium salt containing the specific group (D) ( The content of A) is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. Further, the content is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less.
 本発明のレジスト組成物が少なくとも上記(3)を満たす場合(すなわち、少なくとも1つの重合体(B)が特定基(D)を少なくとも1つ含む場合)、重合体(B)は、特定基(D)を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
 重合体(B)において、特定基(D)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以上であるのが好ましく、30モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、特定基(D)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、80モル%以下であるのが好ましく、70モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが更に好ましい。
 重合体(B)において、特定基(D)を有する繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
When the resist composition of the present invention satisfies at least the above (3) (that is, when at least one polymer (B) contains at least one specific group (D)), the polymer (B) contains the specific group ( It is preferable to include a repeating unit having D).
In the polymer (B), the content of the repeating unit having the specific group (D) is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units. More preferably, it is mol% or more. Further, the content of repeating units having the specific group (D) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and 60 mol% or less based on all repeating units. It is even more preferable.
In the polymer (B), one type of repeating unit having the specific group (D) may be contained alone, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types are included, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<溶剤>
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいるのが好ましい。なお、この溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
<Solvent>
The resist composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
The solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. Preferably, at least one selected from the group . Note that this solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
 このような溶剤と重合体(B)とを組み合わせて用いた場合、レジスト組成物の塗布性が向上すると共に、現像欠陥数の少ないパターンが形成し易い。この理由として、これら溶剤は、重合体(B)の溶解性、沸点、及び粘度のバランスに優れるため、レジスト組成物の組成物膜であるレジスト膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制できることに起因していると推測される。 When such a solvent and polymer (B) are used in combination, the coatability of the resist composition is improved and a pattern with a small number of development defects is easily formed. The reason for this is that these solvents have an excellent balance between the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the polymer (B), so they can reduce unevenness in the thickness of the resist film, which is a composition film of the resist composition, and precipitates during spin coating. This is presumed to be due to the ability to suppress the occurrence of.
 成分(M1)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA:propylene glycol monomethylether acetate)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、及び、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)がより好ましい。 Component (M1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; Glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) is more preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、以下のものが好ましい。
 プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルとしては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME:propylene glycol monomethylether)、及び、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE:propylene glycol monoethylether)が好ましい。
 乳酸エステルとしては、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、又は、乳酸プロピルが好ましい。
 酢酸エステルとしては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソアミル、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、又は、酢酸3-メトキシブチルが好ましい。
 また、酪酸ブチルも好ましい。
 アルコキシプロピオン酸エステルとしては、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル(MMP:methyl 3-Methoxypropionate)、又は、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(EEP:ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate)が好ましい。
 鎖状ケトンとしては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、又は、メチルアミルケトンが好ましい。
 環状ケトンとしては、メチルシクロヘキサノン、イソホロン、シクロペンタノン、又は、シクロヘキサノンが好ましい。
 ラクトンとしては、γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましい。
 アルキレンカーボネートとしては、プロピレンカーボネートが好ましい。
As component (M2), the following are preferable.
As the propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) are preferable.
As the lactic acid ester, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, or propyl lactate is preferable.
As the acetic acid ester, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, or 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferred.
Butyl butyrate is also preferred.
As the alkoxypropionate ester, methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP) is preferable.
Examples of chain ketones include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isobutyl. Ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetyl carbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, or methyl amyl ketone is preferred.
As the cyclic ketone, methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone, or cyclohexanone is preferred.
As the lactone, γ-butyrolactone is preferred.
As the alkylene carbonate, propylene carbonate is preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、乳酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、メチルアミルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、又は、プロピレンカーボネートがより好ましい。 Component (M2) is more preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, or propylene carbonate.
 溶剤としては、上述の成分の他、炭素数が7以上(7~14が好ましく、7~12がより好ましく、7~10が更に好ましい)、かつ、ヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤を含むのも好ましい。
 炭素数が7以上かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤としては、酢酸アミル、酢酸2-メチルブチル、酢酸1-メチルブチル、酢酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ペンチル、プロピオン酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ブチル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ヘプチル、又は、ブタン酸ブチルが好ましく、酢酸イソアミルがより好ましい。
In addition to the above-mentioned components, the solvent may include an ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, even more preferably 7 to 10) and having 2 or less heteroatoms. It is also preferable to include.
Examples of ester solvents having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms include amyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, and isobutyl isobutyrate. , heptyl propionate, or butyl butanoate are preferred, and isoamyl acetate is more preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、引火点(以下、fpともいう)が37℃以上であるものが好ましい。このような成分(M2)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(fp:47℃)、乳酸エチル(fp:53℃)、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(fp:49℃)、メチルアミルケトン(fp:42℃)、シクロヘキサノン(fp:44℃)、酢酸ペンチル(fp:45℃)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル(fp:45℃)、γ-ブチロラクトン(fp:101℃)、又は、プロピレンカーボネート(fp:132℃)が好ましい。これらのうち、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、乳酸エチル、酢酸ペンチル、又は、シクロヘキサノンがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、又は、乳酸エチルが更に好ましい。
 なお、ここで「引火点」とは、東京化成工業株式会社又はシグマアルドリッチ社の試薬カタログに記載されている値を意味している。
The component (M2) preferably has a flash point (hereinafter also referred to as fp) of 37° C. or higher. Such components (M2) include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47°C), ethyl lactate (fp: 53°C), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49°C), and methyl amyl ketone (fp: 42°C). ), cyclohexanone (fp: 44°C), pentyl acetate (fp: 45°C), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45°C), γ-butyrolactone (fp: 101°C), or propylene carbonate (fp: 132°C) is preferred. Among these, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, pentyl acetate, or cyclohexanone are more preferred, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate is even more preferred.
In addition, the "flash point" here means the value described in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich.
 溶剤は、成分(M1)を含んでいることが好ましい。溶剤は、実質的に成分(M1)のみからなるか、又は、成分(M1)と他の成分との混合溶剤であることがより好ましい。後者の場合、溶剤は、成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでいることが更に好ましい。
 成分(M1)と成分(M2)との質量比(M1/M2)は、「100/0」~「15/85」の範囲内にあることが好ましく、「100/0」~「40/60」の範囲内にあることがより好ましく、「100/0」~「60/40」の範囲内にあることが更に好ましい。つまり、溶剤は、成分(M1)のみからなるか、又は、成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでおり、かつ、それらの質量比が以下の通りであることが好ましい。即ち、後者の場合、成分(M2)に対する成分(M1)の質量比は、15/85以上であることが好ましく、40/60以上であることよりが好ましく、60/40以上であることが更に好ましい。このような構成を採用すると、現像欠陥数を更に減少させることが可能となる。
Preferably, the solvent contains component (M1). It is more preferable that the solvent consists essentially of component (M1) only, or is a mixed solvent of component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, it is more preferable that the solvent contains both component (M1) and component (M2).
The mass ratio (M1/M2) of component (M1) and component (M2) is preferably within the range of "100/0" to "15/85", and is preferably within the range of "100/0" to "40/60". ”, and even more preferably within the range of “100/0” to “60/40”. That is, it is preferable that the solvent consists only of component (M1) or contains both component (M1) and component (M2), and the mass ratio thereof is as follows. That is, in the latter case, the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more, and even more preferably 60/40 or more. preferable. If such a configuration is adopted, it becomes possible to further reduce the number of development defects.
 なお、溶剤が成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでいる場合、成分(M2)に対する成分(M1)の質量比は、例えば、99/1以下とする。 Note that when the solvent contains both component (M1) and component (M2), the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) is, for example, 99/1 or less.
 溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
 本発明のレジスト組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、塗布性がより優れる点で、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めるのがより好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the resist composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, and 1 to 20% by mass in terms of better coating properties. It is more preferable to set
<界面活性剤>
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成できる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号公報の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 界面活性剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 本発明のレジスト組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。
<Surfactant>
The resist composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
One type of surfactant may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
When the resist composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and 0.0005 to 1% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
[レジスト膜、パターン形成方法]
 上記レジスト組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有するのが好ましい。
 工程1:レジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
 工程2:レジスト膜を露光する工程
 工程3:露光されたレジスト膜を有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程
 以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。
[Resist film, pattern formation method]
Although the procedure of the pattern forming method using the above resist composition is not particularly limited, it is preferable to include the following steps.
Step 1: Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition Step 2: Step of exposing the resist film Step 3: Step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer containing an organic solvent The following , the procedure of each of the above steps will be explained in detail.
<工程1:レジスト膜形成工程>
 工程1は、レジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。
 レジスト組成物については前述した通りである。
<Step 1: Resist film formation step>
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition.
The resist composition is as described above.
 レジスト組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、レジスト組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前にレジスト組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過するのが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
Examples of methods for forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition include a method of applying a resist composition onto a substrate.
Note that it is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. Moreover, the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 レジスト組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpm(rotations per minute)が好ましい。
 レジスト組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated), such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices, by any suitable application method, such as a spinner or coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
After applying the resist composition, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (an inorganic film, an organic film, an antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 Examples of the drying method include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 レジスト膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、EUV露光及びEB露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。また、ArF液浸露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~120nmがより好ましく、15~90nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the standpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, in the case of EUV exposure and EB exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. Further, in the case of ArF immersion exposure, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
 なお、レジスト膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できるのが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-061648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成するのが好ましい。
 また、トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも一つ含む化合物を含むのも好ましい。
Note that a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film using a top coat composition.
Preferably, the top coat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film. The top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-061648 on the resist film.
It is also preferable that the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
<工程2:露光工程>
 工程2は、レジスト膜を露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
 活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極端紫外線、X線、及び電子線が挙げられ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13nm)、X線、及び電子ビームが挙げられる。
<Step 2: Exposure step>
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Actinic light or radiation includes infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to Deep ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
 露光後、現像を行う前に露光後加熱処理(露光後ベークともいう。)を行うのが好ましい。露光後加熱処理により露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
 加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
After exposure, it is preferable to perform post-exposure heat treatment (also referred to as post-exposure bake) before development. The post-exposure heat treatment accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out using means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
<工程3:現像工程>
 工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
 現像液は、有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)である。
<Step 3: Development step>
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
The developer is a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and the substrate is left still for a certain period of time for development (paddle method). ), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto the rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). can be mentioned.
Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed areas is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. It is preferable to have one.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed together, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above-mentioned ones or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
<他の工程>
 上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むのが好ましい。
<Other processes>
The pattern forming method preferably includes a step of cleaning using a rinsing liquid after step 3.
 有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いるのが好ましい。 The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and solutions containing common organic solvents can be used. The rinsing liquid contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. is preferred.
 リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。
The method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include a method in which the rinsing liquid is continuously discharged onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), and a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. (dip method), and a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
Further, the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. This step also has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving surface roughness of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
 また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
 基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。
Further, the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the lower film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
The method of processing the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but by performing dry etching on the substrate (or the lower layer film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask, the substrate is processed. A method of forming a pattern is preferred. The dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
 レジスト組成物、及び本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないのが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm(parts per million)以下が好ましく、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及びZn等が挙げられる。 The resist composition and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (e.g., solvent, developer, rinsing liquid, composition for forming an antireflection film, composition for forming a top coat, etc.) do not contain impurities such as metals. Preferably, it does not contain. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, and 10 mass ppm (parts per million) or less. A mass ppt or less is particularly preferred, and a mass ppt or less is most preferred. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, Examples include W, and Zn.
 各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルターを用いた濾過の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号公報の段落[0321]に記載される。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
 また、各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法等が挙げられる。 In addition, methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials, and filtering raw materials constituting various materials. and a method in which distillation is carried out under conditions where contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。 In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used, such as inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials mentioned above, it is necessary to prevent metal impurities from being mixed in during the manufacturing process. Whether metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used to clean the manufacturing equipment. The content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
 また、レジスト組成物は、不純物として水を含む場合もある。不純物として水を含む場合、水の含有量としては、少ない程好ましいが、レジスト組成物全体に対して、1~30000質量ppm含まれていてもよい。
 また、レジスト組成物は、不純物として残存モノマー(例えば、重合体(B)の合成に使用された原料モノマーに由来するモノマー(単量体))を含む場合もある。不純物として残存モノマーを含む場合、残存モノマーの含有量としては、少ない程好ましいが、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、1~30000質量ppm含まれていてもよい。
Further, the resist composition may contain water as an impurity. When water is contained as an impurity, the water content is preferably as small as possible, but may be contained in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass based on the entire resist composition.
Further, the resist composition may contain residual monomers (for example, monomers derived from raw material monomers used in the synthesis of polymer (B)) as impurities. When a residual monomer is contained as an impurity, the content of the residual monomer is preferably as small as possible, but it may be contained in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
 リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、チューブ等)の故障を防止する為、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。
Conductive compounds are added to organic processing solutions such as rinse solutions to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. You may. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and for example, methanol may be mentioned. The amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less in terms of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics.
Examples of chemical liquid piping include SUS (stainless steel), polyethylene or polypropylene treated with antistatic treatment, or various types of piping coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used. Similarly, for the filter and O-ring, antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used.
[電子デバイスの製造方法]
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
[Manufacturing method of electronic device]
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is preferably installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on Examples. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by the Examples shown below.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の成分]
 実施例及び比較例の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)に使用した成分について説明する。
[Components of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The components used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (resist compositions) of Examples and Comparative Examples will be explained.
〔重合体〕
 表3に示される重合体(B-1~B-20、BR-1~BR-3)は、既知の方法にて合成したものを用いた。なお、B-1~B-20は重合体(B)に該当し、BR-1~BR-3は重合体(B)に該当しない。
 表3に、重合体B-1~B-20、BR-1~BR-3の各繰り返し単位の種類、及び含有量を示す。各繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対する、各繰り返し単位のモル比率(モル%)である。各繰り返し単位の種類は、各繰り返し単位に対応するモノマーの種類により示した。各モノマーの構造は前掲したとおりである。
 また、表3には、各重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)も記載した。
 重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、重合体の各繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)により測定した。
[Polymer]
The polymers shown in Table 3 (B-1 to B-20, BR-1 to BR-3) were synthesized by known methods. Note that B-1 to B-20 correspond to polymers (B), and BR-1 to BR-3 do not correspond to polymers (B).
Table 3 shows the type and content of each repeating unit in polymers B-1 to B-20 and BR-1 to BR-3. The content of each repeating unit is the molar ratio (mol%) of each repeating unit to all repeating units. The type of each repeating unit was indicated by the type of monomer corresponding to each repeating unit. The structure of each monomer is as described above.
Table 3 also lists the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each polymer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the polymer were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (the amount is in terms of polystyrene). Further, the content of each repeating unit in the polymer was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
〔オニウム塩〕
 下記表4及び表5の各レジスト組成物に使用したオニウム塩は、AX-1及びAX-2以外は、オニウム塩(A)の具体例として前掲したものである。AX-1及びAX-2はそれぞれ下記構造のオニウム塩である。AX-2は、既知の方法にて合成した。AX-2の各繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対するモル比率である。AX-2の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)も下記に示す。AX-2のMw及びMw/Mnは、GPC(キャリア:THF)により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、AX-2の各繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMRにより測定した。
 AX-1に含まれるアニオンの共役酸のpKaは-1.9であるため、AX-1はオニウム塩(A)に該当しない。
 AX-2に含まれるアニオンの共役酸のpKaは4.20であるため、AX-2はオニウム塩(A)に該当する。AX-2は重合体(B)には該当しない。
 実施例及び比較例で使用した使用したオニウム塩は、いずれも光分解型オニウム塩化合物に該当する。
[Onium salt]
The onium salts used in each of the resist compositions in Tables 4 and 5 below, except for AX-1 and AX-2, are those listed above as specific examples of onium salts (A). AX-1 and AX-2 are onium salts each having the following structure. AX-2 was synthesized by a known method. The content of each repeating unit of AX-2 is a molar ratio to all repeating units. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of AX-2 are also shown below. Mw and Mw/Mn of AX-2 were measured by GPC (carrier: THF) (the amount is equivalent to polystyrene). Further, the content of each repeating unit of AX-2 was measured by 13 C-NMR.
Since the pKa of the conjugate acid of the anion contained in AX-1 is -1.9, AX-1 does not correspond to an onium salt (A).
Since the pKa of the conjugate acid of the anion contained in AX-2 is 4.20, AX-2 corresponds to an onium salt (A). AX-2 does not fall under polymer (B).
The onium salts used in Examples and Comparative Examples all correspond to photodegradable onium salt compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
〔化合物(C)〕
 下記表4及び表5の各レジスト組成物に使用した化合物(C)は、化合物(C)の具体例として前掲したものである。
[Compound (C)]
The compound (C) used in each of the resist compositions in Tables 4 and 5 below is listed above as a specific example of compound (C).
〔溶剤〕
 使用した溶剤を以下に示す。
 G1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 G2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 G3:乳酸エチル
 G4:シクロペンタノン
〔solvent〕
The solvents used are shown below.
G1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
G2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
G3: Ethyl lactate G4: Cyclopentanone
[レジスト組成物の調製]
 下記表4及び表5に示す溶剤に、下記表4及び表5に示す溶剤以外の各成分を固形分濃度が1.3質量%となるように混合した。次いで、得られた混合液を0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過してレジスト組成物(Re-1~Re-30、Hre-1~Hre-7)を調製した。ここで、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
 下記表4及び表5には、使用した各成分の種類と含有量(レジスト組成物の全固形分に対する質量比率(質量%))。また、下記表4及び表5には、使用した溶剤の種類と混合比(質量比)を記載した。更に、下記表4及び表5には、重合体中の特定基(D)の有無及びオニウム塩中の特定基(D)の有無も記載した。
[Preparation of resist composition]
Components other than the solvents shown in Tables 4 and 5 below were mixed with the solvents shown in Tables 4 and 5 below so that the solid content concentration was 1.3% by mass. Next, the resulting mixed solution was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to prepare resist compositions (Re-1 to Re-30, Hre-1 to Hre-7). Here, solid content means all components other than the solvent. The obtained resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
Tables 4 and 5 below list the types and contents of each component used (mass ratio (mass %) to the total solid content of the resist composition). In addition, Tables 4 and 5 below list the types and mixing ratios (mass ratios) of the solvents used. Furthermore, Tables 4 and 5 below also indicate the presence or absence of the specific group (D) in the polymer and the presence or absence of the specific group (D) in the onium salt.
[パターン形成及び評価]
〔EUV露光によるパターン形成及び評価:実施例1~30、比較例1~7〕
<パターン形成>
 シリコンウエハ上に、下層膜形成用組成物SHB-A940(信越化学工業社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmの下層膜を形成した。その上に、下記表4及び表5に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmのレジスト膜を形成した。これにより、レジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハを形成した。
 上述の手順により得られたレジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハに対して、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupol、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いてパターン照射を行った。なお、レチクルとしては、ラインサイズが20nmであり、かつライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を90℃で60秒間ベークした後、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、更に酢酸ブチルでリンスを行い、これをスピン乾燥してパターンを得た。
[Pattern formation and evaluation]
[Pattern formation and evaluation by EUV exposure: Examples 1 to 30, Comparative Examples 1 to 7]
<Pattern formation>
A lower layer film forming composition SHB-A940 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form a lower layer film with a thickness of 20 nm. Resist compositions shown in Tables 4 and 5 below were applied thereon and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film with a thickness of 30 nm. As a result, a silicon wafer having a resist film was formed.
A silicon wafer having a resist film obtained by the above procedure was exposed using an EUV exposure device (manufactured by Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). Pattern irradiation was performed. Note that a mask with a line size of 20 nm and a line:space ratio of 1:1 was used as the reticle.
The exposed resist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, rinsed with butyl acetate, and spin-dried to obtain a pattern.
〔解像性(限界解像、nm)〕
 上記<パターン形成>において、露光は、最適露光量Eop(μC/cm)(レジスト組成物を用いて形成されるパターンが、露光に使用したマスクのパターンを再現する際の露光量)で行っている。
 次に、最適露光量Eopから露光量を少しずつ変化させてラインアンドスペースパターンを形成する試験を実施した。この際、倒れずに解像するパターンの最小寸法を、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380II))を用いて求めた。これを「限界解像(nm)」とした。限界解像の値が小さいほど解像性が良好である。
 解像性評価は、20.0nm以下が好ましく、18.0nm以下がより好ましく、16.0nm以下がより一層好ましく、14.0nm以下が更に好ましく、12.0nm以下が特に好ましく、11.0nm以下が最も好ましい。
[Resolution (limit resolution, nm)]
In the above <Pattern formation>, exposure is performed at the optimum exposure amount Eop (μC/cm 2 ) (the exposure amount at which the pattern formed using the resist composition reproduces the pattern of the mask used for exposure). ing.
Next, a test was conducted in which a line and space pattern was formed by gradually changing the exposure amount from the optimum exposure amount Eop. At this time, the minimum dimension of the pattern that could be resolved without collapsing was determined using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM (S-9380II, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)). This was defined as "limit resolution (nm)". The smaller the limit resolution value, the better the resolution.
Resolution evaluation is preferably 20.0 nm or less, more preferably 18.0 nm or less, even more preferably 16.0 nm or less, even more preferably 14.0 nm or less, particularly preferably 12.0 nm or less, and 11.0 nm or less. is most preferred.
〔LWR性能(nm)〕
 上記<パターン形成>において得られたパターンを測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察した。パターンの線幅を250箇所で観測し、その標準偏差(σ)を求めた。線幅の測定ばらつきを3σで評価し、3σの値をLWR(nm)とした。LWRの値が小さいほどLWR性能が良好である。
 LWRは、4.2nm以下が好ましく、3.9nm以下がより好ましく、3.7nm以下がより一層好ましく、3.5nm以下が更に好ましく、3.3nm以下が特に好ましく、3.0nm以下が最も好ましい。
[LWR performance (nm)]
The pattern obtained in the above <Pattern Formation> was observed from above the pattern using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM (S-9380II, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)). The line width of the pattern was observed at 250 locations, and its standard deviation (σ) was determined. Measurement variations in line width were evaluated using 3σ, and the value of 3σ was defined as LWR (nm). The smaller the LWR value, the better the LWR performance.
LWR is preferably 4.2 nm or less, more preferably 3.9 nm or less, even more preferably 3.7 nm or less, even more preferably 3.5 nm or less, particularly preferably 3.3 nm or less, and most preferably 3.0 nm or less. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
 表4及び表5に示す結果から、実施例のレジスト組成物は、比較例のレジスト組成物に比べて、解像性に優れ、かつ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能が優れることが分かった。 From the results shown in Tables 4 and 5, it was found that the resist compositions of Examples had better resolution and LWR performance of the formed patterns than the resist compositions of Comparative Examples.
〔EB露光によるパターン形成及び評価:実施例1A~30A〕
 実施例の各レジスト組成物を使用してレジスト膜を形成し、電子線にて露光してパターン形成を行った場合においても、EUV露光によるパターン形成を行った場合と同様の傾向の結果が得られた。
[Pattern formation and evaluation by EB exposure: Examples 1A to 30A]
Even when a resist film was formed using each of the resist compositions of Examples and pattern formation was performed by exposing it to electron beams, results with the same tendency as when pattern formation was performed by EUV exposure were obtained. It was done.
 本発明によれば、解像性に優れ、かつLWR性能に優れるパターンを形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法及び上記パターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。 According to the present invention, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern with excellent resolution and excellent LWR performance, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device including the above pattern forming method are provided. We can provide manufacturing methods.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2022年7月29日出願の日本特許出願(特願2022-122349)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
 
 
  
Although the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-122349) filed on July 29, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.


Claims (18)

  1.  (A)共役酸のpKaが2以上のアニオンを含むオニウム塩、及び、
     (B)前記オニウム塩(A)とは異なる化合物であり、前記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を含み、かつ活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体、を含み、
     下記(1)~(3)の少なくとも1つを満たす、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
     (1)前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
     (2)前記オニウム塩(A)が、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
     (3)前記重合体(B)が、酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む。
    (A) an onium salt containing an anion whose conjugate acid has a pKa of 2 or more, and
    (B) A compound different from the onium salt (A), containing a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A), and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. including a polymer;
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that satisfies at least one of the following (1) to (3).
    (1) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, and chain transfer agents.
    (2) The onium salt (A) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
    (3) The polymer (B) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant group, a polymerization termination group, and a chain transfer group.
  2.  前記(1)を満たし、前記酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、多価フェノール化合物、アミン化合物、チオール化合物、リン化合物、糖化合物、ニトロ化合物及びニトロソ化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The above-mentioned (1) is satisfied, and at least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant, polymerization inhibitor, and chain transfer agent is a polyhydric phenol compound, an amine compound, a thiol compound, a phosphorus compound, a sugar compound, a nitro compound, and a nitrosol compound. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds.
  3.  前記酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、多価フェノール化合物、チオール化合物及びニトロソ化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、請求項2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 3. The at least one selected from the group consisting of antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, and chain transfer agents is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyhydric phenol compounds, thiol compounds, and nitroso compounds. Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  4.  前記酸化防止剤、重合禁止剤及び連鎖移動剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、下記式(H-1)で表される化合物及び下記式(H-2)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、請求項2又は3に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式(H-1)中、RH1は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH2~RH4は各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH1~RH4のうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     式(H-2)中、RH5は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH6~RH8は各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH5とRH6が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RH7とRH8が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    At least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant, polymerization inhibitor, and chain transfer agent is a group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (H-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (H-2). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 2 or 3, which is at least one selected from the following.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In formula (H-1), R H1 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H2 to R H4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1 to R H4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    In formula (H-2), R H5 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H6 to R H8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R H5 and R H6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R H7 and R H8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  5.  前記(2)及び(3)の少なくとも1つを満たし、前記酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した芳香族基、ヒドロキシ基とカルボキシ基がそれぞれ1つ以上置換した芳香族基、アミノ基、チオール基、リン原子を含む基、炭素-炭素二重結合の2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ1つずつヒドロキシ基が置換した構造を含む基、ニトロ基及びニトロソ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 an aromatic group that satisfies at least one of the above (2) and (3), and at least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is substituted with two or more hydroxy groups; Aromatic groups substituted with one or more hydroxy groups and one or more carboxy groups, amino groups, thiol groups, groups containing phosphorus atoms, structures in which two carbon atoms of a carbon-carbon double bond are each substituted with one hydroxy group The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, which contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a group containing , a nitro group, and a nitroso group.
  6.  前記酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、2つ以上のヒドロキシ基が置換した芳香族基、チオール基及びニトロソ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを含む、請求項5に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 At least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is at least one selected from the group consisting of an aromatic group substituted with two or more hydroxy groups, a thiol group, and a nitroso group. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 5, comprising:
  7.  前記酸化防止基、重合停止基及び連鎖移動基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つが、下記式(H-1S)で表される基及び下記式(H-2S)で表される基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、請求項5又は6に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式(H-1S)中、RH1Sは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH2S~RH4Sは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH1S~RH4Sのうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ただし、RH1S~RH4Sに含まれる水素原子、及びRH1S~RH4Sのうち隣接する2つが互いに結合して形成された環に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて基を形成する。
     式(H-2S)中、RH5Sは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基又は有機基を表し、RH6S~RH8Sは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。RH5SとRH6Sが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。RH7SとRH8Sが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ただし、RH5S~RH8Sに含まれる水素原子、RH5SとRH6Sが互いに結合して形成される環に含まれる水素原子、及びRH7SとRH8Sが互いに結合して形成される環に含まれる水素原子のうち少なくとも1つが取り除かれて基を形成する。
    At least one selected from the group consisting of the antioxidant group, polymerization termination group, and chain transfer group is a group consisting of a group represented by the following formula (H-1S) and a group represented by the following formula (H-2S). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 5 or 6, which is at least one selected from the following.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In formula (H-1S), R H1S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or an organic group, and R H2S to R H4S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Adjacent two of R H1S to R H4S may be bonded to each other to form a ring. However, at least one hydrogen atom contained in R H1S to R H4S and a hydrogen atom contained in a ring formed by bonding two adjacent ones of R H1S to R H4S to each other is removed to form a group. .
    In formula (H-2S), R H5S represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group or an organic group, and R H6S to R H8S each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R H5S and R H6S may be combined with each other to form a ring. R H7S and R H8S may be combined with each other to form a ring. However, hydrogen atoms contained in R H5S to R H8S , hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H5S and R H6S , and hydrogen atoms contained in the ring formed by combining R H7S and R H8S , At least one hydrogen atom is removed to form a group.
  8.  前記オニウム塩(A)に含まれるアニオンの共役酸が、フェノール化合物、カルボン酸、イミド酸、スルホンイミド酸及びチオール化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 3. The conjugate acid of the anion contained in the onium salt (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a phenolic compound, a carboxylic acid, an imidic acid, a sulfonimidic acid, and a thiol compound. Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  9.  前記オニウム塩(A)が、スルホニウム塩及びヨードニウム塩からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the onium salt (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of sulfonium salts and iodonium salts.
  10.  前記重合体(B)が、下記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と下記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式(1)中、Xはハロゲン原子を表す。R及びAは各々独立に水素原子又は有機基を表す。Lは-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rと、A又はRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     式(2)中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Aは有機基を表す。
     ただし、A及びAの少なくとも1つは、前記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin according to claim 1, wherein the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). Composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In formula (1), X represents a halogen atom. R 0 and A 1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. L 1 represents -O- or -NR 1 -. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 0 and A 1 or R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    In formula (2), Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. A 2 represents an organic group.
    However, at least one of A 1 and A 2 has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A).
  11.  前記式(2)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記式(2)-1で表される繰り返し単位から下記式(2)-4で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、請求項10に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     式(2)-1中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Arはアリール基を表す。
     式(2)-2中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Lは単結合又は-CO-を表す。Rは炭化水素基を表す。
     式(2)-3中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。R及びRは各々独立に炭化水素基を表す。RとRは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     式(2)-4中、Yは水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。Lは-O-又は-NR-を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。Rは炭化水素基を表す。
    The repeating unit represented by the formula (2) is at least one selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by the following formula (2)-1 to repeating units represented by the following formula (2)-4. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 10.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In formula (2)-1, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. Ar represents an aryl group.
    In formula (2)-2, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. L 2 represents a single bond or -CO-. R a represents a hydrocarbon group.
    In formula (2)-3, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. R b and R c each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. R b and R c may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    In formula (2)-4, Y represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. L 3 represents -O- or -NR e -. R e represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R d represents a hydrocarbon group.
  12.  前記重合体(B)が有する前記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基が、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、イミド基、スルホンイミド基及びチオール基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つである、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The interactive group that the polymer (B) has and interacts with the onium salt (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an imide group, a sulfonimide group, and a thiol group. , the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  13.  前記重合体(B)が、前記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を含み、
     前記繰り返し単位が、前記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を2つ以上有する、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    The polymer (B) contains a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A),
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the repeating unit has two or more interactive groups that interact with the onium salt (A).
  14.  前記重合体(B)が、下記式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     式(3)中、kは2~5の整数を表す。Aは前記オニウム塩(A)と相互作用する相互作用性基を表す。複数のAは同一でも異なっていてもよい。Lは単結合又は連結基を表す。複数のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。複数のLは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In formula (3), k represents an integer from 2 to 5. A 3 represents an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt (A). A plurality of A3s may be the same or different. L 4 represents a single bond or a connecting group. A plurality of L 4 may be the same or different. A plurality of L 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  15.  前記重合体(B)が、下記式(1)-1で表される繰り返し単位と下記式(3)-1で表される繰り返し単位とを含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     式(1)-1中、Xはハロゲン原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     式(3)-1中、Zはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive ray according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polymer (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1)-1 and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3)-1. radiation-sensitive resin composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    In formula (1)-1, X represents a halogen atom. R f represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    In formula (3)-1, Z 1 represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group.
  16.  請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。 A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  17.  請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
     前記露光されたレジスト膜を有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程と、
    を有する、パターン形成方法。
    A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2;
    a step of exposing the resist film;
    Developing the exposed resist film using a developer containing an organic solvent;
    A pattern forming method comprising:
  18.  請求項17に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
     
      
    A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 17.

PCT/JP2023/026882 2022-07-29 2023-07-21 Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method WO2024024692A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-122349 2022-07-29
JP2022122349 2022-07-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024024692A1 true WO2024024692A1 (en) 2024-02-01

Family

ID=89706563

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/026882 WO2024024692A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2023-07-21 Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024024692A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007279368A (en) * 2006-04-06 2007-10-25 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Non-chemical amplification main chain degradation positive-type resist composition
JP2008107407A (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-08 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Non-chemically-amplified main chain decomposition type positive resist composition
WO2021153466A1 (en) * 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Positive resist composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007279368A (en) * 2006-04-06 2007-10-25 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Non-chemical amplification main chain degradation positive-type resist composition
JP2008107407A (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-08 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Non-chemically-amplified main chain decomposition type positive resist composition
WO2021153466A1 (en) * 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Positive resist composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI804590B (en) Negative photosensitive composition for euv light, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2021039244A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, and electronic device production method
JP7318129B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7454669B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2021199841A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, and electronic device production method
KR20230131900A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
KR20230148360A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024024692A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022024929A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2022070997A1 (en) Active ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022044706A1 (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023189586A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2024048281A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2023157712A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polymer
WO2024048462A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polymer
WO2024034438A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202414084A (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, photoresist film, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2024048463A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern-forming method, and electronic device-manufacturing method
WO2021177294A1 (en) Pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, and resist film
WO2023181950A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2022215423A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device production method, polymerizable compound, and resin
WO2021193577A1 (en) Pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW202413457A (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, photoresist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2024048282A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022024928A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23846422

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1